1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2024 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/ethtool.h> 14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> 15 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 16 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 17 #include <linux/list.h> 18 #include <linux/bug.h> 19 #include <linux/netlink.h> 20 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 21 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 22 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 24 #include <linux/net.h> 25 #include <linux/rfkill.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface. Normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) is set for this 80 * channel. 81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 85 * is not permitted. 86 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 88 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 91 * restrictions. 92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 93 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 94 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 95 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 96 * restrictions. 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 98 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 102 * on this channel. 103 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted 105 * on this channel. 106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted 107 * on this channel. 108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted 109 * on this channel. 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted 111 * on this channel. 112 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted 113 * on this channel. 114 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, 115 * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this 116 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 117 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 118 * restrictions. 119 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel. 120 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT 121 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection with VLP AP 122 * not permitted using this channel 123 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection with AFC AP 124 * not permitted using this channel 125 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used for monitor 126 * mode even in the presence of other (regulatory) restrictions, 127 * even if it is otherwise disabled. 128 */ 129 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 130 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 131 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 132 IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD = 1<<2, 133 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 134 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 135 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 136 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 137 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 138 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 139 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 140 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 141 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 142 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 143 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, 144 IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = 1<<14, 145 IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = 1<<15, 146 IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = 1<<16, 147 IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = 1<<17, 148 IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = 1<<18, 149 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = 1<<19, 150 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = 1<<20, 151 IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT = 1<<21, 152 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = 1<<22, 153 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = 1<<23, 154 IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR = 1<<24, 155 }; 156 157 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 158 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 159 160 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 161 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 162 163 /** 164 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 165 * 166 * This structure describes a single channel for use 167 * with cfg80211. 168 * 169 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 170 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 171 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 172 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 173 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 174 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 175 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 176 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 177 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 178 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 179 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 180 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 181 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 182 * @orig_mag: internal use 183 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 184 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 185 * on this channel. 186 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 187 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 188 * @psd: power spectral density (in dBm) 189 */ 190 struct ieee80211_channel { 191 enum nl80211_band band; 192 u32 center_freq; 193 u16 freq_offset; 194 u16 hw_value; 195 u32 flags; 196 int max_antenna_gain; 197 int max_power; 198 int max_reg_power; 199 bool beacon_found; 200 u32 orig_flags; 201 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 202 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 203 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 204 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 205 s8 psd; 206 }; 207 208 /** 209 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 210 * 211 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 212 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 213 * different bands/PHY modes. 214 * 215 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 216 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 217 * with CCK rates. 218 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 219 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 220 * core code when registering the wiphy. 221 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 222 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 223 * core code when registering the wiphy. 224 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 225 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 226 * core code when registering the wiphy. 227 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 228 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 229 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 230 */ 231 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 232 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 233 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 234 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 235 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 236 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 237 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 238 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 239 }; 240 241 /** 242 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 243 * 244 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 245 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 246 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 247 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 248 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 249 */ 250 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 251 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 252 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 253 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 254 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 255 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 256 }; 257 258 /** 259 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 260 * 261 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 262 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 263 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 264 */ 265 enum ieee80211_privacy { 266 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 267 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 268 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 269 }; 270 271 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 272 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 273 274 /** 275 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 276 * 277 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 278 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 279 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 280 * passed around. 281 * 282 * @flags: rate-specific flags from &enum ieee80211_rate_flags 283 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 284 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 285 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 286 * short preamble is used 287 */ 288 struct ieee80211_rate { 289 u32 flags; 290 u16 bitrate; 291 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 292 }; 293 294 /** 295 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 296 * 297 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 298 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 299 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 300 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 301 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 302 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 303 * members of the SRG 304 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 305 * used by members of the SRG 306 */ 307 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 308 bool enable; 309 u8 sr_ctrl; 310 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 311 u8 min_offset; 312 u8 max_offset; 313 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 314 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 315 }; 316 317 /** 318 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 319 * 320 * @color: the current color. 321 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 322 * @partial: define the AID equation. 323 */ 324 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 325 u8 color; 326 bool enabled; 327 bool partial; 328 }; 329 330 /** 331 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 332 * 333 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 334 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 335 * 336 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 337 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 338 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 339 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 340 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 341 */ 342 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 343 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 344 bool ht_supported; 345 u8 ampdu_factor; 346 u8 ampdu_density; 347 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 348 }; 349 350 /** 351 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 352 * 353 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 354 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 355 * 356 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 357 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 358 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 359 */ 360 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 361 bool vht_supported; 362 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 363 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 364 }; 365 366 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 367 368 /** 369 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 370 * 371 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 372 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 373 * 374 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 375 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 376 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 377 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 378 */ 379 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 380 bool has_he; 381 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 382 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 383 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 384 }; 385 386 /** 387 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS 388 * 389 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS 390 * and NSS Set field" 391 * 392 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. 393 * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz 394 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz 395 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz 396 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz 397 */ 398 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { 399 union { 400 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; 401 struct { 402 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; 403 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; 404 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; 405 } __packed bw; 406 } __packed; 407 } __packed; 408 409 #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 410 411 /** 412 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities 413 * 414 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 415 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. 416 * 417 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. 418 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. 419 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 420 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 421 */ 422 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { 423 bool has_eht; 424 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; 425 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; 426 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 427 }; 428 429 /* sparse defines __CHECKER__; see Documentation/dev-tools/sparse.rst */ 430 #ifdef __CHECKER__ 431 /* 432 * This is used to mark the sband->iftype_data pointer which is supposed 433 * to be an array with special access semantics (per iftype), but a lot 434 * of code got it wrong in the past, so with this marking sparse will be 435 * noisy when the pointer is used directly. 436 */ 437 # define __iftd __attribute__((noderef, address_space(__iftype_data))) 438 #else 439 # define __iftd 440 #endif /* __CHECKER__ */ 441 442 /** 443 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type 444 * 445 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 446 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 447 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 448 * 449 * @types_mask: interface types mask 450 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 451 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 452 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 453 * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities 454 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise 455 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data 456 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length 457 */ 458 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 459 u16 types_mask; 460 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 461 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 462 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; 463 struct { 464 const u8 *data; 465 unsigned int len; 466 } vendor_elems; 467 }; 468 469 /** 470 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 471 * 472 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 473 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 474 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 475 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 476 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 477 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 478 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 479 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 480 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 481 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 482 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 483 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 484 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 485 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 486 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 487 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 488 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 489 */ 490 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 491 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 492 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 493 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 494 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 495 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 496 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 497 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 498 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 499 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 500 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 501 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 502 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 503 }; 504 505 /** 506 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 507 * 508 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 509 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 510 * 511 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 512 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 513 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 514 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 515 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 516 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 517 */ 518 struct ieee80211_edmg { 519 u8 channels; 520 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 521 }; 522 523 /** 524 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 525 * 526 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 527 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 528 * 529 * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA 530 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 531 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 532 */ 533 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 534 bool s1g; 535 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 536 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 537 }; 538 539 /** 540 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 541 * 542 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 543 * is able to operate in. 544 * 545 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 546 * in this band. 547 * @band: the band this structure represents 548 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 549 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 550 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 551 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 552 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 553 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 554 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 555 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 556 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 557 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course) 558 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 559 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 560 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 561 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 562 * iftype_data). 563 */ 564 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 565 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 566 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 567 enum nl80211_band band; 568 int n_channels; 569 int n_bitrates; 570 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 571 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 572 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 573 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 574 u16 n_iftype_data; 575 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data __iftd *iftype_data; 576 }; 577 578 /** 579 * _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array 580 * @sband: the sband to initialize 581 * @iftd: the iftype data array pointer 582 * @n_iftd: the length of the iftype data array 583 * 584 * Set the sband iftype data array; use this where the length cannot 585 * be derived from the ARRAY_SIZE() of the argument, but prefer 586 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data() where it can be used. 587 */ 588 static inline void 589 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 590 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftd, 591 u16 n_iftd) 592 { 593 sband->iftype_data = (const void __iftd __force *)iftd; 594 sband->n_iftype_data = n_iftd; 595 } 596 597 /** 598 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array 599 * @sband: the sband to initialize 600 * @iftd: the iftype data array 601 */ 602 #define ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd) \ 603 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd, ARRAY_SIZE(iftd)) 604 605 /** 606 * for_each_sband_iftype_data - iterate sband iftype data entries 607 * @sband: the sband whose iftype_data array to iterate 608 * @i: iterator counter 609 * @iftd: iftype data pointer to set 610 */ 611 #define for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, iftd) \ 612 for (i = 0, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]; \ 613 i < (sband)->n_iftype_data; \ 614 i++, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]) 615 616 /** 617 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 618 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 619 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 620 * 621 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 622 */ 623 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 624 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 625 u8 iftype) 626 { 627 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data; 628 int i; 629 630 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 631 return NULL; 632 633 if (iftype == NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN) 634 iftype = NL80211_IFTYPE_AP; 635 636 for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, data) { 637 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 638 return data; 639 } 640 641 return NULL; 642 } 643 644 /** 645 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 646 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 647 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 648 * 649 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 650 */ 651 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 652 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 653 u8 iftype) 654 { 655 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 656 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 657 658 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 659 return &data->he_cap; 660 661 return NULL; 662 } 663 664 /** 665 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 666 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 667 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 668 * 669 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 670 */ 671 static inline __le16 672 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 673 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 674 { 675 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 676 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 677 678 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 679 return 0; 680 681 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 682 } 683 684 /** 685 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype 686 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 687 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 688 * 689 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found 690 */ 691 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * 692 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 693 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 694 { 695 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 696 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 697 698 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) 699 return &data->eht_cap; 700 701 return NULL; 702 } 703 704 /** 705 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 706 * 707 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 708 * 709 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 710 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 711 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 712 * 713 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 714 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 715 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 716 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 717 * without affecting other devices. 718 * 719 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 720 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 721 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 722 */ 723 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 724 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 725 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 726 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 727 { 728 } 729 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 730 731 732 /* 733 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 734 */ 735 736 /** 737 * DOC: Actions and configuration 738 * 739 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 740 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 741 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 742 * operations use are described separately. 743 * 744 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 745 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 746 * 747 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 748 * in a separate chapter. 749 */ 750 751 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 752 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 753 754 /** 755 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 756 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 757 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 758 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 759 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 760 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 761 * determine the address as needed. 762 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 763 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 764 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 765 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 766 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 767 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 768 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 769 */ 770 struct vif_params { 771 u32 flags; 772 int use_4addr; 773 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 774 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 775 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 776 }; 777 778 /** 779 * struct key_params - key information 780 * 781 * Information about a key 782 * 783 * @key: key material 784 * @key_len: length of key material 785 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 786 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 787 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 788 * length given by @seq_len. 789 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 790 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 791 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 792 */ 793 struct key_params { 794 const u8 *key; 795 const u8 *seq; 796 int key_len; 797 int seq_len; 798 u16 vlan_id; 799 u32 cipher; 800 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 801 }; 802 803 /** 804 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 805 * @chan: the (control) channel 806 * @width: channel width 807 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 808 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 809 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 810 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 811 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 812 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 813 * parameters are ignored. 814 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 815 * @punctured: mask of the punctured 20 MHz subchannels, with 816 * bits turned on being disabled (punctured); numbered 817 * from lower to higher frequency (like in the spec) 818 */ 819 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 820 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 821 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 822 u32 center_freq1; 823 u32 center_freq2; 824 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 825 u16 freq1_offset; 826 u16 punctured; 827 }; 828 829 /* 830 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 831 */ 832 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 833 struct { 834 u32 legacy; 835 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 836 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 837 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 838 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 839 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 840 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 841 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 842 }; 843 844 845 /** 846 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 847 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 848 * of the peer. 849 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 850 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 851 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 852 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 853 * @retry_long: retry count value 854 * @retry_short: retry count value 855 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 856 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 857 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 858 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 859 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 860 */ 861 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 862 bool config_override; 863 u8 tids; 864 u64 mask; 865 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 866 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 867 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 868 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 869 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 870 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 871 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 872 }; 873 874 /** 875 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 876 * @peer: Station's MAC address 877 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 878 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 879 */ 880 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 881 const u8 *peer; 882 u32 n_tid_conf; 883 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[] __counted_by(n_tid_conf); 884 }; 885 886 /** 887 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data 888 * @macaddr: STA MAC address 889 * @kek: FILS KEK 890 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length 891 * @snonce: STA Nonce 892 * @anonce: AP Nonce 893 */ 894 struct cfg80211_fils_aad { 895 const u8 *macaddr; 896 const u8 *kek; 897 u8 kek_len; 898 const u8 *snonce; 899 const u8 *anonce; 900 }; 901 902 /** 903 * struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp - enable/disable HW timestamping 904 * @macaddr: peer MAC address. NULL to enable/disable HW timestamping for all 905 * addresses. 906 * @enable: if set, enable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 907 * Otherwise disable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 908 */ 909 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp { 910 const u8 *macaddr; 911 bool enable; 912 }; 913 914 /** 915 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 916 * @chandef: the channel definition 917 * 918 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 919 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 920 */ 921 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 922 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 923 { 924 switch (chandef->width) { 925 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 926 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 927 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 928 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 929 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 930 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 931 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 932 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 933 default: 934 WARN_ON(1); 935 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 936 } 937 } 938 939 /** 940 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 941 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 942 * @channel: the control channel 943 * @chantype: the channel type 944 * 945 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 946 */ 947 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 948 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 949 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 950 951 /** 952 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 953 * @chandef1: first channel definition 954 * @chandef2: second channel definition 955 * 956 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 957 * identical, %false otherwise. 958 */ 959 static inline bool 960 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 961 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 962 { 963 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 964 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 965 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 966 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 967 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2 && 968 chandef1->punctured == chandef2->punctured); 969 } 970 971 /** 972 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 973 * 974 * @chandef: the channel definition 975 * 976 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 977 */ 978 static inline bool 979 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 980 { 981 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 982 } 983 984 /** 985 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 986 * @chandef1: first channel definition 987 * @chandef2: second channel definition 988 * 989 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 990 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 991 */ 992 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 993 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 994 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 995 996 /** 997 * nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz - get the channel width in MHz 998 * @chan_width: the channel width from &enum nl80211_chan_width 999 * 1000 * Return: channel width in MHz if the chan_width from &enum nl80211_chan_width 1001 * is valid. -1 otherwise. 1002 */ 1003 int nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(enum nl80211_chan_width chan_width); 1004 1005 /** 1006 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 1007 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1008 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 1009 */ 1010 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1011 1012 /** 1013 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 1014 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1015 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1016 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 1017 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 1018 */ 1019 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1020 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1021 u32 prohibited_flags); 1022 1023 /** 1024 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 1025 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1026 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1027 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 1028 * Returns: 1029 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 1030 */ 1031 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1032 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1033 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 1034 1035 /** 1036 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable - checks if chandef is DFS usable and we 1037 * can/need start CAC on such channel 1038 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1039 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1040 * 1041 * Return: true if all channels available and at least 1042 * one channel requires CAC (NL80211_DFS_USABLE) 1043 */ 1044 bool cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1045 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1046 1047 /** 1048 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time - get the DFS CAC time (in ms) for given 1049 * channel definition 1050 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1051 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1052 * 1053 * Returns: DFS CAC time (in ms) which applies for this channel definition 1054 */ 1055 unsigned int 1056 cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1057 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1058 1059 /** 1060 * cfg80211_chandef_primary - calculate primary 40/80/160 MHz freq 1061 * @chandef: chandef to calculate for 1062 * @primary_chan_width: primary channel width to calculate center for 1063 * @punctured: punctured sub-channel bitmap, will be recalculated 1064 * according to the new bandwidth, can be %NULL 1065 * 1066 * Returns: the primary 40/80/160 MHz channel center frequency, or -1 1067 * for errors, updating the punctured bitmap 1068 */ 1069 int cfg80211_chandef_primary(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1070 enum nl80211_chan_width primary_chan_width, 1071 u16 *punctured); 1072 1073 /** 1074 * nl80211_send_chandef - sends the channel definition. 1075 * @msg: the msg to send channel definition 1076 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1077 * 1078 * Returns: 0 if sent the channel definition to msg, < 0 on error 1079 **/ 1080 int nl80211_send_chandef(struct sk_buff *msg, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1081 1082 /** 1083 * ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags - return rate flags for channel width 1084 * @width: the channel width of the channel 1085 * 1086 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 1087 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 1088 * 1089 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel width 1090 */ 1091 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 1092 ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(enum nl80211_chan_width width) 1093 { 1094 switch (width) { 1095 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 1096 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 1097 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 1098 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 1099 default: 1100 break; 1101 } 1102 return 0; 1103 } 1104 1105 /** 1106 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 1107 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 1108 * 1109 * See ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(). 1110 * 1111 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 1112 */ 1113 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 1114 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1115 { 1116 return ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(chandef->width); 1117 } 1118 1119 /** 1120 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 1121 * 1122 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 1123 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 1124 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 1125 * 1126 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 1127 * 1128 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 1129 */ 1130 static inline int 1131 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1132 { 1133 switch (chandef->width) { 1134 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 1135 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 1136 chandef->chan->max_power); 1137 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 1138 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 1139 chandef->chan->max_power); 1140 default: 1141 break; 1142 } 1143 return chandef->chan->max_power; 1144 } 1145 1146 /** 1147 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels 1148 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for 1149 * @band_mask: which bands to check on 1150 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, 1151 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account 1152 */ 1153 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1154 unsigned long band_mask, 1155 u32 prohibited_flags); 1156 1157 /** 1158 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 1159 * 1160 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 1161 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 1162 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 1163 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 1164 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 1165 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 1166 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 1167 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 1168 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 1169 * 1170 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 1171 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 1172 */ 1173 enum survey_info_flags { 1174 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 1175 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 1176 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 1177 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 1178 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 1179 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 1180 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 1181 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 1182 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 1183 }; 1184 1185 /** 1186 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 1187 * 1188 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 1189 * record to report global statistics 1190 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 1191 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 1192 * optional 1193 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 1194 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 1195 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 1196 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 1197 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 1198 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 1199 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 1200 * 1201 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 1202 * 1203 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 1204 * channel duty cycle etc. 1205 */ 1206 struct survey_info { 1207 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 1208 u64 time; 1209 u64 time_busy; 1210 u64 time_ext_busy; 1211 u64 time_rx; 1212 u64 time_tx; 1213 u64 time_scan; 1214 u64 time_bss_rx; 1215 u32 filled; 1216 s8 noise; 1217 }; 1218 1219 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10 1220 1221 /** 1222 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 1223 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 1224 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 1225 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 1226 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 1227 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 1228 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 1229 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 1230 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 1231 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 1232 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 1233 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 1234 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 1235 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 1236 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 1237 * protocol frames. 1238 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1239 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1240 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 1241 * port for mac80211 1242 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 1243 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 1244 * offload) 1245 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 1246 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1247 * 1248 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1249 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1250 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1251 * such a scenario. 1252 * 1253 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1254 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1255 * 1256 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1257 * Allow hash-to-element only 1258 * 1259 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1260 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1261 */ 1262 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1263 u32 wpa_versions; 1264 u32 cipher_group; 1265 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1266 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1267 int n_akm_suites; 1268 u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES]; 1269 bool control_port; 1270 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1271 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1272 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1273 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1274 const u8 *psk; 1275 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1276 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1277 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1278 }; 1279 1280 /** 1281 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid 1282 * 1283 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set 1284 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. 1285 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. 1286 */ 1287 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { 1288 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; 1289 u8 index; 1290 bool ema; 1291 }; 1292 1293 /** 1294 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements 1295 * 1296 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1297 * 1298 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1299 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. 1300 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1301 */ 1302 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { 1303 u8 cnt; 1304 struct { 1305 const u8 *data; 1306 size_t len; 1307 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1308 }; 1309 1310 /** 1311 * struct cfg80211_rnr_elems - Reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements 1312 * 1313 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1314 * 1315 * @elem: Array of RNR element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1316 * @elem.data: Data for RNR elements. 1317 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1318 */ 1319 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems { 1320 u8 cnt; 1321 struct { 1322 const u8 *data; 1323 size_t len; 1324 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1325 }; 1326 1327 /** 1328 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1329 * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon 1330 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1331 * or %NULL if not changed 1332 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1333 * or %NULL if not changed 1334 * @head_len: length of @head 1335 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1336 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1337 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1338 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1339 * frames or %NULL 1340 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1341 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1342 * Response frames or %NULL 1343 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1344 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1345 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1346 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements 1347 * @rnr_ies: reduced neighbor report elements 1348 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1349 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1350 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1351 * (measurement type 8) 1352 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1353 * Token (measurement type 11) 1354 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1355 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1356 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1357 * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color 1358 * attribute is present in beacon data or not. 1359 */ 1360 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1361 unsigned int link_id; 1362 1363 const u8 *head, *tail; 1364 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1365 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1366 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1367 const u8 *probe_resp; 1368 const u8 *lci; 1369 const u8 *civicloc; 1370 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; 1371 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems *rnr_ies; 1372 s8 ftm_responder; 1373 1374 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1375 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1376 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1377 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1378 size_t probe_resp_len; 1379 size_t lci_len; 1380 size_t civicloc_len; 1381 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1382 bool he_bss_color_valid; 1383 }; 1384 1385 struct mac_address { 1386 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1387 }; 1388 1389 /** 1390 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1391 * 1392 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1393 * entry specified by mac_addr 1394 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1395 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1396 */ 1397 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1398 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1399 int n_acl_entries; 1400 1401 /* Keep it last */ 1402 struct mac_address mac_addrs[] __counted_by(n_acl_entries); 1403 }; 1404 1405 /** 1406 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1407 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1408 * 1409 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1410 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1411 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1412 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1413 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1414 * frame headers. 1415 */ 1416 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1417 bool update; 1418 u32 min_interval; 1419 u32 max_interval; 1420 size_t tmpl_len; 1421 const u8 *tmpl; 1422 }; 1423 1424 /** 1425 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1426 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1427 * 1428 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1429 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1430 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1431 * scanning 1432 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1433 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1434 */ 1435 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1436 bool update; 1437 u32 interval; 1438 size_t tmpl_len; 1439 const u8 *tmpl; 1440 }; 1441 1442 /** 1443 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1444 * 1445 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1446 * 1447 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1448 * @beacon: beacon data 1449 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1450 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1451 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1452 * user space) 1453 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1454 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1455 * @crypto: crypto settings 1456 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1457 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1458 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 1459 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1460 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1461 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1462 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1463 * MAC address based access control 1464 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1465 * networks. 1466 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1467 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1468 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1469 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1470 * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1471 * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1472 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1473 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1474 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1475 * @he_required: stations must support HE 1476 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE 1477 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags 1478 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1479 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1480 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1481 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1482 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid 1483 */ 1484 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1485 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1486 1487 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1488 1489 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1490 const u8 *ssid; 1491 size_t ssid_len; 1492 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1493 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1494 bool privacy; 1495 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1496 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1497 int inactivity_timeout; 1498 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1499 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1500 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1501 bool pbss; 1502 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1503 1504 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1505 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1506 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1507 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1508 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap; 1509 const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper; 1510 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; 1511 bool twt_responder; 1512 u32 flags; 1513 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1514 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1515 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1516 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; 1517 }; 1518 1519 1520 /** 1521 * struct cfg80211_ap_update - AP configuration update 1522 * 1523 * Subset of &struct cfg80211_ap_settings, for updating a running AP. 1524 * 1525 * @beacon: beacon data 1526 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1527 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1528 */ 1529 struct cfg80211_ap_update { 1530 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1531 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1532 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1533 }; 1534 1535 /** 1536 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1537 * 1538 * Used for channel switch 1539 * 1540 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1541 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1542 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1543 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1544 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1545 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1546 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1547 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1548 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1549 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1550 * @link_id: defines the link on which channel switch is expected during 1551 * MLO. 0 in case of non-MLO. 1552 */ 1553 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1554 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1555 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1556 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1557 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1558 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1559 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1560 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1561 bool radar_required; 1562 bool block_tx; 1563 u8 count; 1564 u8 link_id; 1565 }; 1566 1567 /** 1568 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings 1569 * 1570 * Used for bss color change 1571 * 1572 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown 1573 * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1574 * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1575 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change 1576 * @count: number of beacons until the color change 1577 * @color: the color used after the change 1578 */ 1579 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { 1580 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; 1581 u16 counter_offset_beacon; 1582 u16 counter_offset_presp; 1583 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; 1584 u8 count; 1585 u8 color; 1586 }; 1587 1588 /** 1589 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1590 * 1591 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1592 * 1593 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1594 * to use for verification 1595 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1596 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1597 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1598 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1599 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1600 * nl80211_iftype. 1601 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1602 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1603 * the verification 1604 */ 1605 struct iface_combination_params { 1606 int num_different_channels; 1607 u8 radar_detect; 1608 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1609 u32 new_beacon_int; 1610 }; 1611 1612 /** 1613 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1614 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1615 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1616 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1617 * 1618 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1619 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1620 */ 1621 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1622 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1623 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1624 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1625 }; 1626 1627 /** 1628 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1629 * 1630 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1631 * 1632 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1633 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1634 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1635 * power per-interface or per-station. 1636 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1637 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1638 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1639 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1640 * per peer TPC. 1641 */ 1642 struct sta_txpwr { 1643 s16 power; 1644 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1645 }; 1646 1647 /** 1648 * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters 1649 * 1650 * Used to change and create a new link station. 1651 * 1652 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1653 * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station) 1654 * @link_mac: MAC address of the link 1655 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1656 * (or NULL for no change) 1657 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1658 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1659 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1660 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1661 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1662 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1663 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1664 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1665 * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set 1666 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1667 * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station 1668 * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities 1669 */ 1670 struct link_station_parameters { 1671 const u8 *mld_mac; 1672 int link_id; 1673 const u8 *link_mac; 1674 const u8 *supported_rates; 1675 u8 supported_rates_len; 1676 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1677 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1678 u8 opmode_notif; 1679 bool opmode_notif_used; 1680 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1681 u8 he_capa_len; 1682 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1683 bool txpwr_set; 1684 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1685 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa; 1686 u8 eht_capa_len; 1687 }; 1688 1689 /** 1690 * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters 1691 * 1692 * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations). 1693 * 1694 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1695 * @link_id: the link id 1696 */ 1697 struct link_station_del_parameters { 1698 const u8 *mld_mac; 1699 u32 link_id; 1700 }; 1701 1702 /** 1703 * struct cfg80211_ttlm_params: TID to link mapping parameters 1704 * 1705 * Used for setting a TID to link mapping. 1706 * 1707 * @dlink: Downlink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314 1708 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 1709 * @ulink: Uplink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314 1710 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 1711 */ 1712 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params { 1713 u16 dlink[8]; 1714 u16 ulink[8]; 1715 }; 1716 1717 /** 1718 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1719 * 1720 * Used to change and create a new station. 1721 * 1722 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1723 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1724 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1725 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1726 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1727 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1728 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1729 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1730 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1731 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1732 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1733 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1734 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1735 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1736 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1737 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1738 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1739 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1740 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1741 * to unknown) 1742 * @capability: station capability 1743 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1744 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1745 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1746 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1747 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1748 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1749 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1750 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1751 * @link_sta_params: link related params. 1752 */ 1753 struct station_parameters { 1754 struct net_device *vlan; 1755 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1756 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1757 int listen_interval; 1758 u16 aid; 1759 u16 vlan_id; 1760 u16 peer_aid; 1761 u8 plink_action; 1762 u8 plink_state; 1763 u8 uapsd_queues; 1764 u8 max_sp; 1765 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1766 u16 capability; 1767 const u8 *ext_capab; 1768 u8 ext_capab_len; 1769 const u8 *supported_channels; 1770 u8 supported_channels_len; 1771 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1772 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1773 int support_p2p_ps; 1774 u16 airtime_weight; 1775 struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params; 1776 }; 1777 1778 /** 1779 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1780 * 1781 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1782 * 1783 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1784 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1785 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1786 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1787 * @link_id: Link ID indicating a link that stations to be flushed must be 1788 * using; valid only for MLO, but can also be -1 for MLO to really 1789 * remove all stations. 1790 */ 1791 struct station_del_parameters { 1792 const u8 *mac; 1793 u8 subtype; 1794 u16 reason_code; 1795 int link_id; 1796 }; 1797 1798 /** 1799 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1800 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1801 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1802 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1803 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1804 * the AP MLME in the device 1805 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1806 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1807 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1808 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1809 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1810 * supported/used) 1811 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1812 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1813 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1814 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1815 */ 1816 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1817 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1818 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1819 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1820 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1821 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1822 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1823 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1824 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1825 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1826 }; 1827 1828 /** 1829 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1830 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1831 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1832 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1833 * 1834 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1835 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1836 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1837 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1838 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1839 */ 1840 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1841 struct station_parameters *params, 1842 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1843 1844 /** 1845 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 1846 * 1847 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1848 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1849 * 1850 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1851 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1852 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1853 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1854 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1855 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1856 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 1857 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information 1858 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS: MCS field filled with S1G MCS 1859 */ 1860 enum rate_info_flags { 1861 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1862 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1863 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1864 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1865 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1866 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1867 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 1868 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7), 1869 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS = BIT(8), 1870 }; 1871 1872 /** 1873 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1874 * 1875 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1876 * 1877 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1878 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1879 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1880 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1881 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1882 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1883 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1884 * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth 1885 * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation 1886 * @RATE_INFO_BW_1: 1 MHz bandwidth 1887 * @RATE_INFO_BW_2: 2 MHz bandwidth 1888 * @RATE_INFO_BW_4: 4 MHz bandwidth 1889 * @RATE_INFO_BW_8: 8 MHz bandwidth 1890 * @RATE_INFO_BW_16: 16 MHz bandwidth 1891 */ 1892 enum rate_info_bw { 1893 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1894 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1895 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1896 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1897 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1898 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1899 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1900 RATE_INFO_BW_320, 1901 RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU, 1902 RATE_INFO_BW_1, 1903 RATE_INFO_BW_2, 1904 RATE_INFO_BW_4, 1905 RATE_INFO_BW_8, 1906 RATE_INFO_BW_16, 1907 }; 1908 1909 /** 1910 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1911 * 1912 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1913 * 1914 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1915 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1916 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE/EHT/S1G rate 1917 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1918 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1919 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1920 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1921 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1922 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1923 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1924 * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 1925 * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc, 1926 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU) 1927 */ 1928 struct rate_info { 1929 u16 flags; 1930 u16 legacy; 1931 u8 mcs; 1932 u8 nss; 1933 u8 bw; 1934 u8 he_gi; 1935 u8 he_dcm; 1936 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1937 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1938 u8 eht_gi; 1939 u8 eht_ru_alloc; 1940 }; 1941 1942 /** 1943 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 1944 * 1945 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1946 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1947 * 1948 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1949 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1950 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1951 */ 1952 enum bss_param_flags { 1953 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1954 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1955 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1956 }; 1957 1958 /** 1959 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1960 * 1961 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1962 * 1963 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1964 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1965 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1966 */ 1967 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1968 u8 flags; 1969 u8 dtim_period; 1970 u16 beacon_interval; 1971 }; 1972 1973 /** 1974 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1975 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1976 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1977 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1978 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1979 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1980 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1981 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1982 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1983 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1984 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1985 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1986 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1987 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1988 */ 1989 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1990 u32 filled; 1991 u32 backlog_bytes; 1992 u32 backlog_packets; 1993 u32 flows; 1994 u32 drops; 1995 u32 ecn_marks; 1996 u32 overlimit; 1997 u32 overmemory; 1998 u32 collisions; 1999 u32 tx_bytes; 2000 u32 tx_packets; 2001 u32 max_flows; 2002 }; 2003 2004 /** 2005 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 2006 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 2007 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 2008 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 2009 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 2010 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 2011 * transmitted MSDUs 2012 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 2013 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 2014 */ 2015 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 2016 u32 filled; 2017 u64 rx_msdu; 2018 u64 tx_msdu; 2019 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 2020 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 2021 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 2022 }; 2023 2024 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 2025 2026 /** 2027 * struct station_info - station information 2028 * 2029 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 2030 * 2031 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 2032 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2033 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 2034 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 2035 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 2036 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 2037 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 2038 * @llid: mesh local link id 2039 * @plid: mesh peer link id 2040 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 2041 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2042 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2043 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2044 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2045 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 2046 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 2047 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 2048 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 2049 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 2050 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 2051 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 2052 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 2053 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 2054 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 2055 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 2056 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2057 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 2058 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2059 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2060 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 2061 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 2062 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 2063 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 2064 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 2065 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 2066 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 2067 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 2068 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 2069 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 2070 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 2071 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 2072 * towards this station. 2073 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 2074 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 2075 * from this peer 2076 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 2077 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 2078 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 2079 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 2080 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 2081 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 2082 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 2083 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 2084 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 2085 * been sent. 2086 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 2087 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 2088 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 2089 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 2090 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 2091 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 2092 * @mlo_params_valid: Indicates @assoc_link_id and @mld_addr fields are filled 2093 * by driver. Drivers use this only in cfg80211_new_sta() calls when AP 2094 * MLD's MLME/SME is offload to driver. Drivers won't fill this 2095 * information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 2096 * dump_station() callbacks. 2097 * @assoc_link_id: Indicates MLO link ID of the AP, with which the station 2098 * completed (re)association. This information filled for both MLO 2099 * and non-MLO STA connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. 2100 * @mld_addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with MLD address of the station. 2101 * For non-MLO STA connection, filled with all zeros. 2102 * @assoc_resp_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Response. 2103 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use user 2104 * space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided only for the 2105 * cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. Drivers won't 2106 * fill this information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 2107 * dump_station() callbacks. User space needs this information to determine 2108 * the accepted and rejected affiliated links of the connected station. 2109 * @assoc_resp_ies_len: Length of @assoc_resp_ies buffer in octets. 2110 */ 2111 struct station_info { 2112 u64 filled; 2113 u32 connected_time; 2114 u32 inactive_time; 2115 u64 assoc_at; 2116 u64 rx_bytes; 2117 u64 tx_bytes; 2118 u16 llid; 2119 u16 plid; 2120 u8 plink_state; 2121 s8 signal; 2122 s8 signal_avg; 2123 2124 u8 chains; 2125 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2126 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2127 2128 struct rate_info txrate; 2129 struct rate_info rxrate; 2130 u32 rx_packets; 2131 u32 tx_packets; 2132 u32 tx_retries; 2133 u32 tx_failed; 2134 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 2135 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 2136 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 2137 2138 int generation; 2139 2140 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 2141 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 2142 2143 u32 beacon_loss_count; 2144 s64 t_offset; 2145 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 2146 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 2147 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 2148 2149 u32 expected_throughput; 2150 2151 u64 tx_duration; 2152 u64 rx_duration; 2153 u64 rx_beacon; 2154 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 2155 u8 connected_to_gate; 2156 2157 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 2158 s8 ack_signal; 2159 s8 avg_ack_signal; 2160 2161 u16 airtime_weight; 2162 2163 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 2164 u32 fcs_err_count; 2165 2166 u32 airtime_link_metric; 2167 2168 u8 connected_to_as; 2169 2170 bool mlo_params_valid; 2171 u8 assoc_link_id; 2172 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2173 const u8 *assoc_resp_ies; 2174 size_t assoc_resp_ies_len; 2175 }; 2176 2177 /** 2178 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 2179 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 2180 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 2181 */ 2182 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 2183 s32 power; 2184 u32 freq_range_index; 2185 }; 2186 2187 /** 2188 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 2189 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 2190 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 2191 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 2192 */ 2193 struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 2194 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2195 u32 num_sub_specs; 2196 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[]; 2197 }; 2198 2199 2200 /** 2201 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 2202 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 2203 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 2204 */ 2205 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 2206 u32 start_freq; 2207 u32 end_freq; 2208 }; 2209 2210 /** 2211 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 2212 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 2213 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 2214 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 2215 * 2216 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 2217 * range to small ones and then append them. 2218 */ 2219 struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 2220 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2221 u32 num_freq_ranges; 2222 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 2223 }; 2224 2225 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 2226 /** 2227 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 2228 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 2229 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 2230 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 2231 * 2232 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 2233 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 2234 * considered undefined. 2235 */ 2236 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 2237 struct station_info *sinfo); 2238 #else 2239 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 2240 const u8 *mac_addr, 2241 struct station_info *sinfo) 2242 { 2243 return -ENOENT; 2244 } 2245 #endif 2246 2247 /** 2248 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 2249 * 2250 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 2251 * according to the nl80211 flags. 2252 * 2253 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 2254 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 2255 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 2256 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 2257 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 2258 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 2259 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 2260 */ 2261 enum monitor_flags { 2262 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 2263 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 2264 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 2265 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 2266 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 2267 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 2268 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 2269 }; 2270 2271 /** 2272 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 2273 * 2274 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 2275 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 2276 * 2277 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 2278 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 2279 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 2280 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 2281 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 2282 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 2283 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 2284 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 2285 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 2286 */ 2287 enum mpath_info_flags { 2288 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 2289 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 2290 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 2291 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 2292 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 2293 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 2294 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 2295 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 2296 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 2297 }; 2298 2299 /** 2300 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 2301 * 2302 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 2303 * 2304 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 2305 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 2306 * @sn: target sequence number 2307 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2308 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 2309 * @flags: mesh path flags from &enum mesh_path_flags 2310 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 2311 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 2312 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2313 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 2314 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2315 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2316 * @hop_count: hops to destination 2317 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 2318 */ 2319 struct mpath_info { 2320 u32 filled; 2321 u32 frame_qlen; 2322 u32 sn; 2323 u32 metric; 2324 u32 exptime; 2325 u32 discovery_timeout; 2326 u8 discovery_retries; 2327 u8 flags; 2328 u8 hop_count; 2329 u32 path_change_count; 2330 2331 int generation; 2332 }; 2333 2334 /** 2335 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 2336 * 2337 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 2338 * 2339 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2340 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 2341 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2342 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 2343 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2344 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 2345 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2346 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 2347 * (or NULL for no change) 2348 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 2349 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 2350 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2351 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 2352 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 2353 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 2354 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 2355 */ 2356 struct bss_parameters { 2357 int link_id; 2358 int use_cts_prot; 2359 int use_short_preamble; 2360 int use_short_slot_time; 2361 const u8 *basic_rates; 2362 u8 basic_rates_len; 2363 int ap_isolate; 2364 int ht_opmode; 2365 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 2366 }; 2367 2368 /** 2369 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 2370 * 2371 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 2372 * 2373 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 2374 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 2375 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 2376 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 2377 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 2378 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 2379 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 2380 * mesh interface 2381 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 2382 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 2383 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 2384 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 2385 * elements 2386 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 2387 * detect compatible mesh peers 2388 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 2389 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 2390 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 2391 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 2392 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 2393 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 2394 * a path discovery in milliseconds 2395 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2396 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 2397 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 2398 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2399 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 2400 * element 2401 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2402 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 2403 * element 2404 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 2405 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 2406 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 2407 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 2408 * announcements are transmitted 2409 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 2410 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 2411 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 2412 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 2413 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 2414 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 2415 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 2416 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 2417 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 2418 * station to establish a peer link 2419 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 2420 * 2421 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2422 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 2423 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 2424 * 2425 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 2426 * PREQs are transmitted. 2427 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 2428 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 2429 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 2430 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 2431 * setting for new peer links. 2432 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 2433 * after transmitting its beacon. 2434 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 2435 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 2436 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 2437 * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA 2438 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 2439 * in the mesh formation field. 2440 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 2441 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 2442 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 2443 * in the mesh path table 2444 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2445 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2446 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2447 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2448 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2449 */ 2450 struct mesh_config { 2451 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2452 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2453 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2454 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2455 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2456 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2457 u8 element_ttl; 2458 bool auto_open_plinks; 2459 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2460 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2461 u32 path_refresh_time; 2462 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2463 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2464 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2465 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2466 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2467 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2468 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2469 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2470 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2471 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2472 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2473 s32 rssi_threshold; 2474 u16 ht_opmode; 2475 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2476 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2477 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2478 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2479 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2480 u32 plink_timeout; 2481 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2482 }; 2483 2484 /** 2485 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2486 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2487 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2488 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2489 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2490 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2491 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2492 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2493 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2494 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2495 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2496 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2497 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2498 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2499 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2500 * @mcast_rate: multicast rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2501 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2502 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2503 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2504 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2505 * to operate on DFS channels. 2506 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2507 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2508 * 2509 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2510 */ 2511 struct mesh_setup { 2512 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2513 const u8 *mesh_id; 2514 u8 mesh_id_len; 2515 u8 sync_method; 2516 u8 path_sel_proto; 2517 u8 path_metric; 2518 u8 auth_id; 2519 const u8 *ie; 2520 u8 ie_len; 2521 bool is_authenticated; 2522 bool is_secure; 2523 bool user_mpm; 2524 u8 dtim_period; 2525 u16 beacon_interval; 2526 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2527 u32 basic_rates; 2528 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2529 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2530 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2531 }; 2532 2533 /** 2534 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2535 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2536 * 2537 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2538 */ 2539 struct ocb_setup { 2540 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2541 }; 2542 2543 /** 2544 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2545 * @ac: AC identifier 2546 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2547 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2548 * 1..32767] 2549 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2550 * 1..32767] 2551 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2552 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2553 */ 2554 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2555 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2556 u16 txop; 2557 u16 cwmin; 2558 u16 cwmax; 2559 u8 aifs; 2560 int link_id; 2561 }; 2562 2563 /** 2564 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2565 * 2566 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2567 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2568 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2569 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2570 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2571 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2572 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2573 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2574 * in the wiphy structure. 2575 * 2576 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2577 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2578 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2579 * 2580 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2581 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2582 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2583 * to userspace. 2584 */ 2585 2586 /** 2587 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2588 * @ssid: the SSID 2589 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2590 */ 2591 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2592 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2593 u8 ssid_len; 2594 }; 2595 2596 /** 2597 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2598 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2599 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2600 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2601 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2602 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2603 * userspace will be notified of that 2604 */ 2605 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2606 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2607 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2608 bool aborted; 2609 }; 2610 2611 /** 2612 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2613 * 2614 * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for 2615 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2616 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2617 * which the above info is relevant to 2618 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2619 * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used 2620 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2621 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2622 * @psd_20: The AP's 20 MHz PSD value. 2623 */ 2624 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2625 u32 short_ssid; 2626 u32 channel_idx; 2627 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2628 bool unsolicited_probe; 2629 bool short_ssid_valid; 2630 bool psc_no_listen; 2631 s8 psd_20; 2632 }; 2633 2634 /** 2635 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2636 * 2637 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2638 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2639 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2640 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2641 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2642 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2643 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2644 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2645 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2646 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2647 * %duration field. 2648 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 2649 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2650 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2651 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2652 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2653 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 2654 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 2655 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2656 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2657 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2658 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2659 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2660 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2661 * true if this is the second scan request 2662 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2663 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2664 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2665 * @tsf_report_link_id: for MLO, indicates the link ID of the BSS that should be 2666 * used for TSF reporting. Can be set to -1 to indicate no preference. 2667 */ 2668 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2669 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2670 int n_ssids; 2671 u32 n_channels; 2672 const u8 *ie; 2673 size_t ie_len; 2674 u16 duration; 2675 bool duration_mandatory; 2676 u32 flags; 2677 2678 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2679 2680 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2681 2682 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2683 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2684 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2685 2686 /* internal */ 2687 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2688 unsigned long scan_start; 2689 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 2690 bool notified; 2691 bool no_cck; 2692 bool scan_6ghz; 2693 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2694 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2695 s8 tsf_report_link_id; 2696 2697 /* keep last */ 2698 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 2699 }; 2700 2701 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2702 { 2703 int i; 2704 2705 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2706 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2707 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2708 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2709 } 2710 } 2711 2712 /** 2713 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2714 * 2715 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2716 * or no match (RSSI only) 2717 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2718 * or no match (RSSI only) 2719 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2720 */ 2721 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2722 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2723 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2724 s32 rssi_thold; 2725 }; 2726 2727 /** 2728 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2729 * 2730 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2731 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2732 * infinite loop. 2733 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2734 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2735 */ 2736 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2737 u32 interval; 2738 u32 iterations; 2739 }; 2740 2741 /** 2742 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2743 * 2744 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2745 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2746 */ 2747 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2748 enum nl80211_band band; 2749 s8 delta; 2750 }; 2751 2752 /** 2753 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2754 * 2755 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2756 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2757 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2758 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2759 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2760 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2761 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 2762 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2763 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2764 * (others are filtered out). 2765 * If omitted, all results are passed. 2766 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2767 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2768 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2769 * @dev: the interface 2770 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2771 * @channels: channels to scan 2772 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2773 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2774 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2775 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2776 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2777 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2778 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2779 * index must be executed first. 2780 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2781 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2782 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2783 * owned by a particular socket) 2784 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2785 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2786 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2787 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2788 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2789 * supported. 2790 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2791 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2792 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2793 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2794 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2795 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2796 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2797 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2798 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2799 * comparisons. 2800 */ 2801 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2802 u64 reqid; 2803 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2804 int n_ssids; 2805 u32 n_channels; 2806 const u8 *ie; 2807 size_t ie_len; 2808 u32 flags; 2809 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2810 int n_match_sets; 2811 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2812 u32 delay; 2813 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2814 int n_scan_plans; 2815 2816 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2817 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2818 2819 bool relative_rssi_set; 2820 s8 relative_rssi; 2821 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2822 2823 /* internal */ 2824 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2825 struct net_device *dev; 2826 unsigned long scan_start; 2827 bool report_results; 2828 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2829 u32 owner_nlportid; 2830 bool nl_owner_dead; 2831 struct list_head list; 2832 2833 /* keep last */ 2834 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2835 }; 2836 2837 /** 2838 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2839 * 2840 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2841 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2842 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2843 */ 2844 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2845 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2846 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2847 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2848 }; 2849 2850 /** 2851 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2852 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2853 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2854 * signal type 2855 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2856 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2857 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2858 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2859 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2860 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2861 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2862 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2863 * by %parent_bssid. 2864 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2865 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2866 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2867 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2868 * @restrict_use: restrict usage, if not set, assume @use_for is 2869 * %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL. 2870 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see 2871 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for 2872 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect, 2873 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for 2874 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons 2875 * @drv_data: Data to be passed through to @inform_bss 2876 */ 2877 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2878 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2879 s32 signal; 2880 u64 boottime_ns; 2881 u64 parent_tsf; 2882 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2883 u8 chains; 2884 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2885 2886 u8 restrict_use:1, use_for:7; 2887 u8 cannot_use_reasons; 2888 2889 void *drv_data; 2890 }; 2891 2892 /** 2893 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2894 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2895 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2896 * @len: length of the IEs 2897 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2898 * @data: IE data 2899 */ 2900 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2901 u64 tsf; 2902 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2903 int len; 2904 bool from_beacon; 2905 u8 data[]; 2906 }; 2907 2908 /** 2909 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2910 * 2911 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2912 * for use in scan results and similar. 2913 * 2914 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2915 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2916 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2917 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2918 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2919 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2920 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2921 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2922 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2923 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2924 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2925 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2926 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2927 * @proberesp_ecsa_stuck: ECSA element is stuck in the Probe Response frame, 2928 * cannot rely on it having valid data 2929 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2930 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2931 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2932 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2933 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2934 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2935 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2936 * (multi-BSSID support) 2937 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2938 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2939 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2940 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2941 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2942 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see 2943 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for 2944 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect, 2945 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for 2946 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons 2947 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2948 */ 2949 struct cfg80211_bss { 2950 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2951 2952 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2953 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2954 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2955 2956 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2957 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2958 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2959 2960 s32 signal; 2961 2962 u16 beacon_interval; 2963 u16 capability; 2964 2965 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2966 u8 chains; 2967 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2968 2969 u8 proberesp_ecsa_stuck:1; 2970 2971 u8 bssid_index; 2972 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2973 2974 u8 use_for; 2975 u8 cannot_use_reasons; 2976 2977 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2978 }; 2979 2980 /** 2981 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2982 * @bss: the bss to search 2983 * @id: the element ID 2984 * 2985 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2986 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2987 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2988 */ 2989 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2990 2991 /** 2992 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2993 * @bss: the bss to search 2994 * @id: the element ID 2995 * 2996 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2997 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2998 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2999 */ 3000 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 3001 { 3002 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 3003 } 3004 3005 3006 /** 3007 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 3008 * 3009 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3010 * authentication. 3011 * 3012 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 3013 * to it if it needs to keep it. 3014 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3015 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 3016 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3017 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3018 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3019 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3020 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 3021 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 3022 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 3023 * transaction sequence number field. 3024 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 3025 * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD, 3026 * the interface address is included as the MLD address and the 3027 * necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and 3028 * given an MLD address) by the driver 3029 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with 3030 * an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0 3031 */ 3032 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 3033 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3034 const u8 *ie; 3035 size_t ie_len; 3036 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3037 const u8 *key; 3038 u8 key_len; 3039 s8 key_idx; 3040 const u8 *auth_data; 3041 size_t auth_data_len; 3042 s8 link_id; 3043 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 3044 }; 3045 3046 /** 3047 * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association 3048 * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss; 3049 * if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested 3050 * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link 3051 * @elems_len: length of the elements 3052 * @disabled: If set this link should be included during association etc. but it 3053 * should not be used until enabled by the AP MLD. 3054 * @error: per-link error code, must be <= 0. If there is an error, then the 3055 * operation as a whole must fail. 3056 */ 3057 struct cfg80211_assoc_link { 3058 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3059 const u8 *elems; 3060 size_t elems_len; 3061 bool disabled; 3062 int error; 3063 }; 3064 3065 /** 3066 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 3067 * 3068 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 3069 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 3070 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 3071 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 3072 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 3073 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 3074 * request (connect callback). 3075 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE 3076 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT 3077 * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links. 3078 * Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this 3079 * flag is not set. 3080 * @ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU: SPP A-MSDUs will be used on this connection (if any) 3081 */ 3082 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 3083 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 3084 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 3085 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 3086 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 3087 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), 3088 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5), 3089 CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6), 3090 ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU = BIT(7), 3091 }; 3092 3093 /** 3094 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 3095 * 3096 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3097 * (re)association. 3098 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 3099 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 3100 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 3101 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 3102 * This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead 3103 * of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations. 3104 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 3105 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3106 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 3107 * @crypto: crypto settings 3108 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3109 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3110 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3111 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3112 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3113 * frame. 3114 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3115 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3116 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3117 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3118 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 3119 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 3120 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 3121 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 3122 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 3123 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 3124 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 3125 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 3126 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 3127 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 3128 * @links: per-link information for MLO connections 3129 * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates 3130 * the link on which the association request should be sent 3131 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request, 3132 * valid iff @link_id >= 0 3133 */ 3134 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 3135 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3136 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 3137 size_t ie_len; 3138 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3139 bool use_mfp; 3140 u32 flags; 3141 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3142 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3143 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 3144 const u8 *fils_kek; 3145 size_t fils_kek_len; 3146 const u8 *fils_nonces; 3147 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 3148 struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 3149 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 3150 s8 link_id; 3151 }; 3152 3153 /** 3154 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 3155 * 3156 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3157 * deauthentication. 3158 * 3159 * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from 3160 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 3161 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3162 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 3163 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 3164 * do not set a deauth frame 3165 */ 3166 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 3167 const u8 *bssid; 3168 const u8 *ie; 3169 size_t ie_len; 3170 u16 reason_code; 3171 bool local_state_change; 3172 }; 3173 3174 /** 3175 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 3176 * 3177 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3178 * disassociation. 3179 * 3180 * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from 3181 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 3182 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3183 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 3184 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 3185 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 3186 */ 3187 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 3188 const u8 *ap_addr; 3189 const u8 *ie; 3190 size_t ie_len; 3191 u16 reason_code; 3192 bool local_state_change; 3193 }; 3194 3195 /** 3196 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 3197 * 3198 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 3199 * method. 3200 * 3201 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 3202 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 3203 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 3204 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 3205 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 3206 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 3207 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 3208 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 3209 * @ie_len: length of that 3210 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 3211 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 3212 * after joining 3213 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 3214 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 3215 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 3216 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 3217 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 3218 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 3219 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 3220 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 3221 * to operate on DFS channels. 3222 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 3223 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 3224 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3225 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3226 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3227 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 3228 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 3229 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 3230 */ 3231 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 3232 const u8 *ssid; 3233 const u8 *bssid; 3234 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3235 const u8 *ie; 3236 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 3237 u16 beacon_interval; 3238 u32 basic_rates; 3239 bool channel_fixed; 3240 bool privacy; 3241 bool control_port; 3242 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 3243 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 3244 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 3245 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3246 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3247 struct key_params *wep_keys; 3248 int wep_tx_key; 3249 }; 3250 3251 /** 3252 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 3253 * 3254 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 3255 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 3256 * @param.band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 3257 * @param.adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 3258 */ 3259 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 3260 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 3261 union { 3262 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 3263 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 3264 } param; 3265 }; 3266 3267 /** 3268 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 3269 * 3270 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3271 * authentication and association. 3272 * 3273 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 3274 * on scan results) 3275 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 3276 * %NULL if not specified 3277 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 3278 * results) 3279 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 3280 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 3281 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 3282 * to use. 3283 * @ssid: SSID 3284 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 3285 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3286 * @ie: IEs for association request 3287 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 3288 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 3289 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 3290 * @crypto: crypto settings 3291 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3292 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3293 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3294 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3295 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 3296 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 3297 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3298 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3299 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3300 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 3301 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 3302 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 3303 * networks. 3304 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 3305 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3306 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3307 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3308 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3309 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3310 * frame. 3311 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 3312 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 3313 * data IE. 3314 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 3315 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 3316 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 3317 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3318 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 3319 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 3320 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3321 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 3322 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 3323 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 3324 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 3325 * offload of 4-way handshake. 3326 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 3327 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 3328 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 3329 */ 3330 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 3331 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3332 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 3333 const u8 *bssid; 3334 const u8 *bssid_hint; 3335 const u8 *ssid; 3336 size_t ssid_len; 3337 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3338 const u8 *ie; 3339 size_t ie_len; 3340 bool privacy; 3341 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 3342 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3343 const u8 *key; 3344 u8 key_len, key_idx; 3345 u32 flags; 3346 int bg_scan_period; 3347 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3348 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3349 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 3350 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 3351 bool pbss; 3352 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 3353 const u8 *prev_bssid; 3354 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 3355 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 3356 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 3357 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 3358 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 3359 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 3360 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 3361 bool want_1x; 3362 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 3363 }; 3364 3365 /** 3366 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 3367 * 3368 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 3369 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 3370 * 3371 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 3372 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 3373 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 3374 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 3375 */ 3376 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 3377 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 3378 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 3379 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 3380 }; 3381 3382 /** 3383 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 3384 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 3385 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 3386 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 3387 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 3388 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 3389 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 3390 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 3391 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 3392 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 3393 */ 3394 enum wiphy_params_flags { 3395 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 3396 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 3397 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 3398 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 3399 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 3400 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 3401 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 3402 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 3403 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 3404 }; 3405 3406 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 3407 3408 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 3409 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 3410 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 3411 3412 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 3413 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 3414 3415 /** 3416 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 3417 * 3418 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 3419 * caching. 3420 * 3421 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 3422 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3423 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 3424 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 3425 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 3426 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 3427 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 3428 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 3429 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 3430 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 3431 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 3432 * %NULL). 3433 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 3434 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 3435 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 3436 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 3437 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 3438 * used for it expires. 3439 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 3440 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 3441 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 3442 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 3443 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 3444 */ 3445 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 3446 const u8 *bssid; 3447 const u8 *pmkid; 3448 const u8 *pmk; 3449 size_t pmk_len; 3450 const u8 *ssid; 3451 size_t ssid_len; 3452 const u8 *cache_id; 3453 u32 pmk_lifetime; 3454 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 3455 }; 3456 3457 /** 3458 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 3459 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 3460 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 3461 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 3462 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 3463 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 3464 * 3465 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 3466 * memory, free @mask only! 3467 */ 3468 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 3469 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 3470 int pattern_len; 3471 int pkt_offset; 3472 }; 3473 3474 /** 3475 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 3476 * 3477 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 3478 * @src: source IP address 3479 * @dst: destination IP address 3480 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 3481 * @src_port: source port 3482 * @dst_port: destination port 3483 * @payload_len: data payload length 3484 * @payload: data payload buffer 3485 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 3486 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 3487 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 3488 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 3489 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 3490 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 3491 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 3492 */ 3493 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 3494 struct socket *sock; 3495 __be32 src, dst; 3496 u16 src_port, dst_port; 3497 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 3498 int payload_len; 3499 const u8 *payload; 3500 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 3501 u32 data_interval; 3502 u32 wake_len; 3503 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 3504 u32 tokens_size; 3505 /* must be last, variable member */ 3506 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 3507 }; 3508 3509 /** 3510 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3511 * 3512 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3513 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3514 * operating as normal during suspend 3515 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3516 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3517 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3518 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3519 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3520 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3521 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3522 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3523 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3524 * NULL if not configured. 3525 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3526 */ 3527 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3528 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3529 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3530 rfkill_release; 3531 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3532 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3533 int n_patterns; 3534 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3535 }; 3536 3537 /** 3538 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3539 * 3540 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3541 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3542 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3543 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3544 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3545 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3546 */ 3547 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3548 int delay; 3549 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3550 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3551 int n_patterns; 3552 }; 3553 3554 /** 3555 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3556 * 3557 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3558 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3559 * @n_rules: number of rules 3560 */ 3561 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3562 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 3563 int n_rules; 3564 }; 3565 3566 /** 3567 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3568 * 3569 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3570 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3571 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3572 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3573 * occurred (in MHz) 3574 */ 3575 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3576 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3577 int n_channels; 3578 u32 channels[]; 3579 }; 3580 3581 /** 3582 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3583 * 3584 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3585 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3586 * match information. 3587 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3588 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3589 */ 3590 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3591 int n_matches; 3592 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 3593 }; 3594 3595 /** 3596 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3597 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3598 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3599 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3600 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3601 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3602 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3603 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3604 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3605 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3606 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3607 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3608 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3609 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3610 * it is. 3611 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3612 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3613 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3614 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3615 * @unprot_deauth_disassoc: woke up due to unprotected deauth or 3616 * disassoc frame (in MFP). 3617 */ 3618 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3619 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3620 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3621 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3622 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens, 3623 unprot_deauth_disassoc; 3624 s32 pattern_idx; 3625 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3626 const void *packet; 3627 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3628 }; 3629 3630 /** 3631 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3632 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3633 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3634 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3635 * @kek_len: length of kek 3636 * @kck_len: length of kck 3637 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3638 */ 3639 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3640 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3641 u32 akm; 3642 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3643 }; 3644 3645 /** 3646 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3647 * 3648 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3649 * 3650 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3651 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3652 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3653 */ 3654 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3655 u16 md; 3656 const u8 *ie; 3657 size_t ie_len; 3658 }; 3659 3660 /** 3661 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3662 * 3663 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3664 * 3665 * @chan: channel to use 3666 * @offchan: indicates whether off channel operation is required 3667 * @wait: duration for ROC 3668 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3669 * @len: buffer length 3670 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3671 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3672 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3673 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3674 * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note 3675 * that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the 3676 * link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA) 3677 */ 3678 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3679 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3680 bool offchan; 3681 unsigned int wait; 3682 const u8 *buf; 3683 size_t len; 3684 bool no_cck; 3685 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 3686 int n_csa_offsets; 3687 const u16 *csa_offsets; 3688 int link_id; 3689 }; 3690 3691 /** 3692 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 3693 * 3694 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 3695 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 3696 */ 3697 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 3698 u8 dscp; 3699 u8 up; 3700 }; 3701 3702 /** 3703 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 3704 * 3705 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3706 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3707 */ 3708 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 3709 u8 low; 3710 u8 high; 3711 }; 3712 3713 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 3714 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 3715 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 3716 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 3717 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 3718 3719 /** 3720 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 3721 * 3722 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 3723 * 3724 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 3725 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 3726 * the user priority DSCP range definition 3727 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 3728 */ 3729 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 3730 u8 num_des; 3731 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 3732 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 3733 }; 3734 3735 /** 3736 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 3737 * 3738 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 3739 * 3740 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3741 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3742 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3743 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3744 */ 3745 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3746 u8 master_pref; 3747 u8 bands; 3748 }; 3749 3750 /** 3751 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3752 * configuration 3753 * 3754 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 3755 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 3756 */ 3757 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 3758 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3759 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3760 }; 3761 3762 /** 3763 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3764 * 3765 * @filter: the content of the filter 3766 * @len: the length of the filter 3767 */ 3768 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3769 const u8 *filter; 3770 u8 len; 3771 }; 3772 3773 /** 3774 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3775 * 3776 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3777 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3778 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3779 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3780 * implementation specific. 3781 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3782 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3783 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3784 * @followup_reqid: the requester instance ID for follow up 3785 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3786 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3787 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3788 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3789 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3790 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3791 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3792 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3793 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3794 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3795 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3796 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3797 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3798 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3799 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3800 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3801 */ 3802 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3803 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3804 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3805 u8 publish_type; 3806 bool close_range; 3807 bool publish_bcast; 3808 bool subscribe_active; 3809 u8 followup_id; 3810 u8 followup_reqid; 3811 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3812 u32 ttl; 3813 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3814 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3815 bool srf_include; 3816 const u8 *srf_bf; 3817 u8 srf_bf_len; 3818 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3819 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3820 int srf_num_macs; 3821 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3822 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3823 u8 num_tx_filters; 3824 u8 num_rx_filters; 3825 u8 instance_id; 3826 u64 cookie; 3827 }; 3828 3829 /** 3830 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3831 * 3832 * @aa: authenticator address 3833 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3834 * @pmk: the PMK material 3835 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3836 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3837 * holds PMK-R0. 3838 */ 3839 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3840 const u8 *aa; 3841 u8 pmk_len; 3842 const u8 *pmk; 3843 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3844 }; 3845 3846 /** 3847 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3848 * 3849 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3850 * 3851 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3852 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3853 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3854 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3855 * authentication response command interface. 3856 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3857 * authentication response command interface. 3858 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3859 * authentication request event interface. 3860 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3861 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3862 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3863 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3864 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3865 * @mld_addr: MLD address of the peer. Used by the authentication request event 3866 * interface. Driver indicates this to enable MLO during the authentication 3867 * offload to user space. Driver shall look at %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT 3868 * flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space 3869 * supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload. 3870 * User space should use the address of the interface (on which the 3871 * authentication request event reported) as self MLD address. User space 3872 * and driver should use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of 3873 * authentication frames sent or received via cfg80211. The driver 3874 * translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link 3875 * chosen for the authentication. 3876 */ 3877 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3878 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3879 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3880 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3881 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3882 u16 status; 3883 const u8 *pmkid; 3884 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3885 }; 3886 3887 /** 3888 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3889 * 3890 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3891 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3892 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3893 * answered 3894 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3895 * successfully answered 3896 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3897 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3898 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3899 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3900 * of how much time the responder was busy 3901 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3902 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3903 * the responder 3904 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3905 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3906 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3907 */ 3908 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3909 u32 filled; 3910 u32 success_num; 3911 u32 partial_num; 3912 u32 failed_num; 3913 u32 asap_num; 3914 u32 non_asap_num; 3915 u64 total_duration_ms; 3916 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3917 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3918 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3919 }; 3920 3921 /** 3922 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3923 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3924 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3925 * reason than just "failure" 3926 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3927 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3928 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3929 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3930 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3931 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3932 * by the responder 3933 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3934 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3935 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3936 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3937 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3938 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3939 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3940 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3941 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3942 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3943 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3944 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3945 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3946 * the square root of the variance) 3947 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3948 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3949 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3950 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3951 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3952 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3953 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3954 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3955 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3956 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3957 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3958 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3959 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3960 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3961 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3962 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3963 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3964 */ 3965 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3966 const u8 *lci; 3967 const u8 *civicloc; 3968 unsigned int lci_len; 3969 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3970 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3971 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3972 s16 burst_index; 3973 u8 busy_retry_time; 3974 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3975 u8 burst_duration; 3976 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3977 s32 rssi_avg; 3978 s32 rssi_spread; 3979 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3980 s64 rtt_avg; 3981 s64 rtt_variance; 3982 s64 rtt_spread; 3983 s64 dist_avg; 3984 s64 dist_variance; 3985 s64 dist_spread; 3986 3987 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3988 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3989 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3990 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3991 tx_rate_valid:1, 3992 rx_rate_valid:1, 3993 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3994 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3995 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3996 dist_avg_valid:1, 3997 dist_variance_valid:1, 3998 dist_spread_valid:1; 3999 }; 4000 4001 /** 4002 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 4003 * @addr: address of the peer 4004 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 4005 * measurement was made) 4006 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 4007 * @status: status of the measurement 4008 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 4009 * reporting partial results always set this flag 4010 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 4011 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 4012 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 4013 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 4014 * @ftm: FTM result 4015 */ 4016 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 4017 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 4018 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 4019 4020 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4021 4022 u8 final:1, 4023 ap_tsf_valid:1; 4024 4025 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 4026 4027 union { 4028 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 4029 }; 4030 }; 4031 4032 /** 4033 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 4034 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 4035 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 4036 * @burst_period: burst period to use 4037 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 4038 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 4039 * @burst_duration: burst duration 4040 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 4041 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 4042 * @request_lci: request LCI information 4043 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 4044 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 4045 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 4046 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 4047 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 4048 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 4049 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 4050 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either 4051 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 4052 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to 4053 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if 4054 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. 4055 * 4056 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 4057 */ 4058 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 4059 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 4060 u16 burst_period; 4061 u8 requested:1, 4062 asap:1, 4063 request_lci:1, 4064 request_civicloc:1, 4065 trigger_based:1, 4066 non_trigger_based:1, 4067 lmr_feedback:1; 4068 u8 num_bursts_exp; 4069 u8 burst_duration; 4070 u8 ftms_per_burst; 4071 u8 ftmr_retries; 4072 u8 bss_color; 4073 }; 4074 4075 /** 4076 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 4077 * @addr: MAC address 4078 * @chandef: channel to use 4079 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 4080 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 4081 */ 4082 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 4083 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4084 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4085 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 4086 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 4087 }; 4088 4089 /** 4090 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 4091 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 4092 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 4093 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 4094 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 4095 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 4096 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 4097 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 4098 * be taken from the @mac_addr 4099 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 4100 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 4101 * zero it means there's no timeout 4102 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 4103 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 4104 */ 4105 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 4106 u64 cookie; 4107 void *drv_data; 4108 u32 n_peers; 4109 u32 nl_portid; 4110 4111 u32 timeout; 4112 4113 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4114 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4115 4116 struct list_head list; 4117 4118 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[] __counted_by(n_peers); 4119 }; 4120 4121 /** 4122 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 4123 * 4124 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 4125 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 4126 * 4127 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 4128 * 4129 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 4130 * has to be done. 4131 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 4132 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 4133 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 4134 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 4135 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 4136 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 4137 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 4138 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 4139 * @assoc_link_id: MLO link ID of the AP, with which (re)association requested 4140 * by peer. This will be filled by driver for both MLO and non-MLO station 4141 * connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. For non-MLD AP mode, it 4142 * will be -1. Used only with OWE update event (driver to user space). 4143 * @peer_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the peer. For non-MLO 4144 * connection, it will be all zeros. This is applicable only when 4145 * @assoc_link_id is not -1, i.e., the AP affiliated with an MLD. Used only 4146 * with OWE update event (driver to user space). 4147 */ 4148 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 4149 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4150 u16 status; 4151 const u8 *ie; 4152 size_t ie_len; 4153 int assoc_link_id; 4154 u8 peer_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4155 }; 4156 4157 /** 4158 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 4159 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 4160 * for the entire device 4161 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 4162 * for the given interface 4163 * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 4164 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 4165 * for these subtypes 4166 */ 4167 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 4168 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 4169 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 4170 }; 4171 4172 /** 4173 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 4174 * 4175 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 4176 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 4177 * 4178 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 4179 * on success or a negative error code. 4180 * 4181 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 4182 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 4183 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 4184 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 4185 * 4186 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 4187 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 4188 * configured for the device. 4189 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 4190 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 4191 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 4192 * the device. 4193 * 4194 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 4195 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 4196 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 4197 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 4198 * also set the address member in the wdev. 4199 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4200 * 4201 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 4202 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4203 * 4204 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 4205 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 4206 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4207 * 4208 * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that 4209 * the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link 4210 * address is available. 4211 * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface. 4212 * 4213 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 4214 * when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. 4215 * For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for 4216 * pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4217 * 4218 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 4219 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 4220 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 4221 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 4222 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 4223 * @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, 4224 * @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr 4225 * will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4226 * 4227 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 4228 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will 4229 * be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 4230 * for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD 4231 * address for MLO pairwise key. 4232 * 4233 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0 4234 * for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4235 * 4236 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface. 4237 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4238 * 4239 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface. 4240 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4241 * 4242 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 4243 * 4244 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 4245 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 4246 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 4247 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 4248 * 4249 * @add_station: Add a new station. 4250 * @del_station: Remove a station 4251 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 4252 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 4253 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 4254 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 4255 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 4256 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 4257 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4258 * 4259 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 4260 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 4261 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 4262 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 4263 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4264 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 4265 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4266 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 4267 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4268 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 4269 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4270 * 4271 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 4272 * 4273 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 4274 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 4275 * set, and which to leave alone. 4276 * 4277 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 4278 * 4279 * @inform_bss: Called by cfg80211 while being informed about new BSS data 4280 * for every BSS found within the reported data or frame. This is called 4281 * from within the cfg8011 inform_bss handlers while holding the bss_lock. 4282 * The data parameter is passed through from drv_data inside 4283 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss. 4284 * The new IE data for the BSS is explicitly passed. 4285 * 4286 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 4287 * 4288 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 4289 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 4290 * join the mesh instead. 4291 * 4292 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 4293 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 4294 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 4295 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 4296 * 4297 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 4298 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 4299 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 4300 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 4301 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 4302 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 4303 * 4304 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 4305 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4306 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 4307 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4308 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 4309 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4310 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 4311 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4312 * 4313 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 4314 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 4315 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 4316 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 4317 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 4318 * was received. 4319 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 4320 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 4321 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 4322 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 4323 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 4324 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 4325 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 4326 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 4327 * indication of requesting reassociation. 4328 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 4329 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 4330 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4331 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 4332 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 4333 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 4334 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 4335 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 4336 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 4337 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 4338 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4339 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 4340 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 4341 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 4342 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 4343 * 4344 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 4345 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 4346 * to a merge. 4347 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4348 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 4349 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4350 * 4351 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 4352 * MESH mode) 4353 * 4354 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 4355 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 4356 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 4357 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 4358 * 4359 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 4360 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 4361 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 4362 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 4363 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 4364 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 4365 * return 0 if successful 4366 * 4367 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 4368 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 4369 * 4370 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 4371 * 4372 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 4373 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 4374 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 4375 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 4376 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 4377 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 4378 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 4379 * the duration value. 4380 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 4381 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 4382 * frame on another channel 4383 * 4384 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 4385 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 4386 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 4387 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 4388 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 4389 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 4390 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 4391 * 4392 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 4393 * 4394 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 4395 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 4396 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 4397 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 4398 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 4399 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 4400 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 4401 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 4402 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 4403 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 4404 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 4405 * disabled.) 4406 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 4407 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 4408 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 4409 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 4410 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 4411 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 4412 * thresholds. 4413 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 4414 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 4415 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 4416 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 4417 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 4418 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 4419 * stop (when this method returns 0). 4420 * 4421 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 4422 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 4423 * 4424 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 4425 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 4426 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 4427 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 4428 * 4429 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 4430 * 4431 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 4432 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 4433 * 4434 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 4435 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 4436 * 4437 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 4438 * 4439 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 4440 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 4441 * current monitoring channel. 4442 * 4443 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 4444 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 4445 * 4446 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 4447 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 4448 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 4449 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 4450 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 4451 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 4452 * 4453 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 4454 * 4455 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 4456 * was finished on another phy. 4457 * 4458 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 4459 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 4460 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 4461 * 4462 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 4463 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 4464 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 4465 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 4466 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 4467 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 4468 * 4469 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 4470 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 4471 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 4472 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 4473 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 4474 * as soon as possible. 4475 * 4476 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 4477 * 4478 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 4479 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 4480 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 4481 * 4482 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 4483 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 4484 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 4485 * account. 4486 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 4487 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 4488 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 4489 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 4490 * rejected) 4491 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 4492 * 4493 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 4494 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4495 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 4496 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4497 * 4498 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 4499 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 4500 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 4501 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 4502 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 4503 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 4504 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 4505 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 4506 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 4507 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 4508 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 4509 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 4510 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 4511 * provided @nan_func. 4512 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 4513 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 4514 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 4515 * All other parameters must be ignored. 4516 * 4517 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 4518 * 4519 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 4520 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 4521 * 4522 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 4523 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 4524 * upon which the driver should clear it. 4525 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4526 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 4527 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4528 * 4529 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 4530 * user space 4531 * 4532 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 4533 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 4534 * 4535 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 4536 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 4537 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 4538 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 4539 * 4540 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 4541 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 4542 * DH IE through this interface. 4543 * 4544 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 4545 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 4546 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 4547 * This callback may sleep. 4548 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 4549 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 4550 * 4551 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 4552 * 4553 * @color_change: Initiate a color change. 4554 * 4555 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use 4556 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association 4557 * Response frame. 4558 * 4559 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for 4560 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit 4561 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 4562 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 4563 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 4564 * radar channel. 4565 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to 4566 * disable background CAC/radar detection. 4567 * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station. 4568 * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station. 4569 * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station. 4570 * 4571 * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames. 4572 * @set_ttlm: set the TID to link mapping. 4573 */ 4574 struct cfg80211_ops { 4575 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 4576 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4577 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 4578 4579 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4580 const char *name, 4581 unsigned char name_assign_type, 4582 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4583 struct vif_params *params); 4584 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4585 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4586 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4587 struct net_device *dev, 4588 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4589 struct vif_params *params); 4590 4591 int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4592 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4593 unsigned int link_id); 4594 void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4595 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4596 unsigned int link_id); 4597 4598 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4599 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4600 const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params); 4601 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4602 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4603 const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie, 4604 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 4605 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4606 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4607 const u8 *mac_addr); 4608 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4609 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4610 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 4611 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4612 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4613 u8 key_index); 4614 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4615 struct net_device *netdev, 4616 int link_id, 4617 u8 key_index); 4618 4619 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4620 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 4621 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4622 struct cfg80211_ap_update *info); 4623 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4624 unsigned int link_id); 4625 4626 4627 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4628 const u8 *mac, 4629 struct station_parameters *params); 4630 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4631 struct station_del_parameters *params); 4632 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4633 const u8 *mac, 4634 struct station_parameters *params); 4635 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4636 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4637 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4638 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4639 4640 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4641 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4642 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4643 const u8 *dst); 4644 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4645 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4646 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4647 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4648 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4649 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 4650 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4651 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4652 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4653 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4654 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 4655 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4656 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4657 struct net_device *dev, 4658 struct mesh_config *conf); 4659 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4660 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 4661 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 4662 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4663 const struct mesh_config *conf, 4664 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 4665 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4666 4667 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4668 struct ocb_setup *setup); 4669 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4670 4671 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4672 struct bss_parameters *params); 4673 4674 void (*inform_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 4675 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies *ies, void *data); 4676 4677 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4678 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 4679 4680 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4681 struct net_device *dev, 4682 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 4683 4684 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4685 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4686 4687 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4688 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 4689 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4690 4691 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4692 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 4693 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4694 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 4695 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4696 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 4697 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4698 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 4699 4700 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4701 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 4702 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4703 struct net_device *dev, 4704 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 4705 u32 changed); 4706 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4707 u16 reason_code); 4708 4709 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4710 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 4711 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4712 4713 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4714 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 4715 4716 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 4717 4718 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4719 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 4720 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4721 int *dbm); 4722 4723 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4724 4725 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 4726 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4727 void *data, int len); 4728 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 4729 struct netlink_callback *cb, 4730 void *data, int len); 4731 #endif 4732 4733 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4734 struct net_device *dev, 4735 unsigned int link_id, 4736 const u8 *peer, 4737 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 4738 4739 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4740 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 4741 4742 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4743 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4744 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4745 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4746 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 4747 4748 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4749 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4750 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 4751 unsigned int duration, 4752 u64 *cookie); 4753 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4754 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4755 u64 cookie); 4756 4757 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4758 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 4759 u64 *cookie); 4760 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4761 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4762 u64 cookie); 4763 4764 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4765 bool enabled, int timeout); 4766 4767 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4768 struct net_device *dev, 4769 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 4770 4771 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4772 struct net_device *dev, 4773 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 4774 4775 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4776 struct net_device *dev, 4777 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 4778 4779 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4780 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4781 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 4782 4783 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 4784 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 4785 4786 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4787 struct net_device *dev, 4788 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 4789 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4790 u64 reqid); 4791 4792 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4793 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 4794 4795 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4796 const u8 *peer, int link_id, 4797 u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, u16 status_code, 4798 u32 peer_capability, bool initiator, 4799 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4800 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4801 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 4802 4803 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4804 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 4805 4806 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4807 struct net_device *dev, 4808 u16 noack_map); 4809 4810 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4811 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4812 unsigned int link_id, 4813 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4814 4815 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4816 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4817 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4818 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4819 4820 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4821 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 4822 4823 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4824 struct net_device *dev, 4825 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 4826 u32 cac_time_ms); 4827 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4828 struct net_device *dev); 4829 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4830 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 4831 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4832 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4833 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 4834 u16 duration); 4835 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4836 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4837 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4838 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 4839 4840 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4841 struct net_device *dev, 4842 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 4843 4844 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4845 struct net_device *dev, 4846 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 4847 4848 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4849 unsigned int link_id, 4850 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4851 4852 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4853 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 4854 u16 admitted_time); 4855 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4856 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 4857 4858 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4859 struct net_device *dev, 4860 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 4861 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4862 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4863 struct net_device *dev, 4864 const u8 *addr); 4865 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4866 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 4867 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4868 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4869 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 4870 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4871 u64 cookie); 4872 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4873 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4874 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 4875 u32 changes); 4876 4877 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4878 struct net_device *dev, 4879 const bool enabled); 4880 4881 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4882 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4883 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 4884 4885 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4886 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 4887 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4888 const u8 *aa); 4889 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4890 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 4891 4892 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4893 struct net_device *dev, 4894 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 4895 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 4896 const bool noencrypt, int link_id, 4897 u64 *cookie); 4898 4899 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4900 struct net_device *dev, 4901 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 4902 4903 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4904 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4905 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4906 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4907 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4908 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 4909 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4910 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4911 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4912 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 4913 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4914 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 4915 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4916 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 4917 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4918 struct net_device *dev, 4919 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); 4920 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4921 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); 4922 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4923 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4924 int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4925 struct link_station_parameters *params); 4926 int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4927 struct link_station_parameters *params); 4928 int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4929 struct link_station_del_parameters *params); 4930 int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4931 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts); 4932 int (*set_ttlm)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4933 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params *params); 4934 }; 4935 4936 /* 4937 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 4938 * and registration/helper functions 4939 */ 4940 4941 /** 4942 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 4943 * 4944 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 4945 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for 6 GHz. 4946 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 4947 * wiphy at all 4948 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 4949 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 4950 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 4951 * reason to override the default 4952 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 4953 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 4954 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 4955 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 4956 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 4957 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 4958 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 4959 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 4960 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 4961 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 4962 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 4963 * firmware. 4964 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 4965 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 4966 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 4967 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 4968 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 4969 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 4970 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 4971 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 4972 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 4973 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 4974 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 4975 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 4976 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 4977 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 4978 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 4979 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 4980 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 4981 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 4982 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 4983 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs, 4984 * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have 4985 * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver 4986 * should set this flag for now. 4987 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32: The device supports 32-byte KCK keys. 4988 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER: The device could handle reg notify for 4989 * NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER. 4990 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON: reg_call_notifier() is called if driver 4991 * set this flag to update channels on beacon hints. 4992 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: support connection to non-primary link 4993 * of an NSTR mobile AP MLD. 4994 * @WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT: disable wireless extensions for this device 4995 */ 4996 enum wiphy_flags { 4997 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 4998 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1), 4999 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 5000 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 5001 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 5002 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 5003 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 5004 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 5005 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 5006 WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT = BIT(9), 5007 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 5008 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32 = BIT(11), 5009 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = BIT(12), 5010 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 5011 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 5012 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 5013 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 5014 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 5015 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 5016 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 5017 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 5018 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 5019 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 5020 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 5021 WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER = BIT(24), 5022 WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON = BIT(25), 5023 }; 5024 5025 /** 5026 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 5027 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 5028 * @types: interface types (bits) 5029 */ 5030 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 5031 u16 max; 5032 u16 types; 5033 }; 5034 5035 /** 5036 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 5037 * 5038 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 5039 * combinations it supports concurrently. 5040 * 5041 * Examples: 5042 * 5043 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 5044 * 5045 * .. code-block:: c 5046 * 5047 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 5048 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 5049 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP), }, 5050 * }; 5051 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 5052 * .limits = limits1, 5053 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 5054 * .max_interfaces = 2, 5055 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 5056 * }; 5057 * 5058 * 5059 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 5060 * 5061 * .. code-block:: c 5062 * 5063 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 5064 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 5065 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 5066 * }; 5067 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 5068 * .limits = limits2, 5069 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 5070 * .max_interfaces = 8, 5071 * .num_different_channels = 1, 5072 * }; 5073 * 5074 * 5075 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 5076 * 5077 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 5078 * 5079 * .. code-block:: c 5080 * 5081 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 5082 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 5083 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 5084 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 5085 * }; 5086 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 5087 * .limits = limits3, 5088 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 5089 * .max_interfaces = 4, 5090 * .num_different_channels = 2, 5091 * }; 5092 * 5093 */ 5094 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 5095 /** 5096 * @limits: 5097 * limits for the given interface types 5098 */ 5099 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 5100 5101 /** 5102 * @num_different_channels: 5103 * can use up to this many different channels 5104 */ 5105 u32 num_different_channels; 5106 5107 /** 5108 * @max_interfaces: 5109 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 5110 */ 5111 u16 max_interfaces; 5112 5113 /** 5114 * @n_limits: 5115 * number of limitations 5116 */ 5117 u8 n_limits; 5118 5119 /** 5120 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 5121 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 5122 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 5123 */ 5124 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 5125 5126 /** 5127 * @radar_detect_widths: 5128 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 5129 */ 5130 u8 radar_detect_widths; 5131 5132 /** 5133 * @radar_detect_regions: 5134 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 5135 */ 5136 u8 radar_detect_regions; 5137 5138 /** 5139 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 5140 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 5141 * 5142 * = 0 5143 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 5144 * > 0 5145 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 5146 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 5147 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 5148 */ 5149 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 5150 }; 5151 5152 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 5153 u16 tx, rx; 5154 }; 5155 5156 /** 5157 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 5158 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 5159 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 5160 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 5161 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 5162 * packet should be preserved in that case 5163 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 5164 * (see nl80211.h) 5165 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 5166 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 5167 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 5168 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 5169 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 5170 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 5171 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 5172 */ 5173 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 5174 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 5175 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 5176 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 5177 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 5178 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 5179 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 5180 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 5181 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 5182 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 5183 }; 5184 5185 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 5186 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 5187 u32 data_payload_max; 5188 u32 data_interval_max; 5189 u32 wake_payload_max; 5190 bool seq; 5191 }; 5192 5193 /** 5194 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 5195 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 5196 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 5197 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5198 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5199 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5200 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5201 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 5202 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 5203 * scheduled scans. 5204 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 5205 * details. 5206 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 5207 */ 5208 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 5209 u32 flags; 5210 int n_patterns; 5211 int pattern_max_len; 5212 int pattern_min_len; 5213 int max_pkt_offset; 5214 int max_nd_match_sets; 5215 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 5216 }; 5217 5218 /** 5219 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 5220 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 5221 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5222 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 5223 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5224 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5225 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5226 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5227 */ 5228 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 5229 int n_rules; 5230 int max_delay; 5231 int n_patterns; 5232 int pattern_max_len; 5233 int pattern_min_len; 5234 int max_pkt_offset; 5235 }; 5236 5237 /** 5238 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 5239 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 5240 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 5241 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 5242 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 5243 */ 5244 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 5245 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 5246 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 5247 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 5248 }; 5249 5250 /** 5251 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 5252 * 5253 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 5254 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 5255 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 5256 * 5257 */ 5258 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 5259 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 5260 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 5261 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 5262 }; 5263 5264 /** 5265 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 5266 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 5267 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 5268 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 5269 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 5270 */ 5271 5272 struct sta_opmode_info { 5273 u32 changed; 5274 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 5275 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 5276 u8 rx_nss; 5277 }; 5278 5279 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 5280 5281 /** 5282 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 5283 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 5284 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 5285 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 5286 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 5287 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 5288 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 5289 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 5290 * dumpit calls. 5291 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 5292 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 5293 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 5294 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 5295 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 5296 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 5297 * are used with dump requests. 5298 */ 5299 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 5300 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 5301 u32 flags; 5302 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5303 const void *data, int data_len); 5304 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5305 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 5306 unsigned long *storage); 5307 const struct nla_policy *policy; 5308 unsigned int maxattr; 5309 }; 5310 5311 /** 5312 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 5313 * @iftype: interface type 5314 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5315 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 5316 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 5317 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 5318 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 5319 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5320 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5321 * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO) 5322 * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO) 5323 */ 5324 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 5325 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5326 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 5327 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 5328 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5329 u16 eml_capabilities; 5330 u16 mld_capa_and_ops; 5331 }; 5332 5333 /** 5334 * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability 5335 * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from 5336 * @type: the interface type to look up 5337 */ 5338 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab * 5339 cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type); 5340 5341 /** 5342 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 5343 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 5344 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 5345 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 5346 * @ftm: FTM measurement data 5347 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 5348 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 5349 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 5350 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 5351 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 5352 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 5353 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 5354 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 5355 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 5356 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 5357 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 5358 * not limited) 5359 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5360 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5361 */ 5362 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 5363 unsigned int max_peers; 5364 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 5365 randomize_mac_addr:1; 5366 5367 struct { 5368 u32 preambles; 5369 u32 bandwidths; 5370 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 5371 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 5372 u8 supported:1, 5373 asap:1, 5374 non_asap:1, 5375 request_lci:1, 5376 request_civicloc:1, 5377 trigger_based:1, 5378 non_trigger_based:1; 5379 } ftm; 5380 }; 5381 5382 /** 5383 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 5384 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 5385 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 5386 * 5387 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 5388 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 5389 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5390 */ 5391 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 5392 u16 iftypes_mask; 5393 const u32 *akm_suites; 5394 int n_akm_suites; 5395 }; 5396 5397 #define CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS 0xffff 5398 5399 /** 5400 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 5401 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 5402 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 5403 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 5404 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 5405 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 5406 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 5407 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 5408 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 5409 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 5410 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 5411 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 5412 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 5413 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 5414 * iftype_akm_suites. 5415 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5416 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 5417 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 5418 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 5419 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 5420 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 5421 * suites are specified separately. 5422 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 5423 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 5424 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 5425 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 5426 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 5427 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 5428 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 5429 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 5430 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 5431 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 5432 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 5433 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 5434 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 5435 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 5436 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 5437 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 5438 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 5439 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 5440 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 5441 * unregister hardware 5442 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 5443 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 5444 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 5445 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 5446 * (see below). 5447 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 5448 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 5449 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 5450 * must be set by driver 5451 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 5452 * list single interface types. 5453 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 5454 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 5455 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 5456 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 5457 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 5458 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 5459 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 5460 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 5461 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 5462 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 5463 * this variable determines its size 5464 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 5465 * any given scan 5466 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 5467 * the device can run concurrently. 5468 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 5469 * for in any given scheduled scan 5470 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 5471 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 5472 * supported. 5473 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 5474 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 5475 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 5476 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 5477 * scans 5478 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 5479 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 5480 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 5481 * single scan plan supported by the device. 5482 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 5483 * scan plan supported by the device. 5484 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 5485 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 5486 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 5487 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 5488 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 5489 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 5490 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 5491 * 5492 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 5493 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 5494 * type 5495 * 5496 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5497 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5498 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 5499 * 5500 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5501 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5502 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 5503 * 5504 * @probe_resp_offload: 5505 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 5506 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 5507 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 5508 * 5509 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 5510 * may request, if implemented. 5511 * 5512 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 5513 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 5514 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 5515 * to the suspend() operation instead. 5516 * 5517 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 5518 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 5519 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5520 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 5521 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5522 * 5523 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 5524 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 5525 * 5526 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 5527 * supports for ACL. 5528 * 5529 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5530 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 5531 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 5532 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 5533 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 5534 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 5535 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 5536 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5537 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5538 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 5539 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 5540 * capabilities are specified separately. 5541 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 5542 * 5543 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 5544 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 5545 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 5546 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 5547 * 5548 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 5549 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 5550 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 5551 * some cases, but may not always reach. 5552 * 5553 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 5554 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 5555 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 5556 * infinite. 5557 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 5558 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 5559 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 5560 * 5561 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 5562 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 5563 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 5564 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 5565 * 5566 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 5567 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 5568 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 5569 * 5570 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 5571 * wake_tx_queue 5572 * 5573 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 5574 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 5575 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 5576 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 5577 * 5578 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 5579 * 5580 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 5581 * device has 5582 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5583 * supported by the driver for each vif 5584 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5585 * supported by the driver for each peer 5586 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 5587 * long/short retry configuration 5588 * 5589 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 5590 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 5591 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 5592 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 5593 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure 5594 * 5595 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver 5596 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value 5597 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. 5598 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by 5599 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the 5600 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). 5601 * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for 5602 * configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 5603 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by 5604 * driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is 5605 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with 5606 * legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is 5607 * CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES. 5608 * 5609 * @hw_timestamp_max_peers: maximum number of peers that the driver supports 5610 * enabling HW timestamping for concurrently. Setting this field to a 5611 * non-zero value indicates that the driver supports HW timestamping. 5612 * A value of %CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS indicates the driver 5613 * supports enabling HW timestamping for all peers (i.e. no need to 5614 * specify a mac address). 5615 */ 5616 struct wiphy { 5617 struct mutex mtx; 5618 5619 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 5620 5621 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 5622 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 5623 5624 struct mac_address *addresses; 5625 5626 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 5627 5628 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5629 int n_iface_combinations; 5630 u16 software_iftypes; 5631 5632 u16 n_addresses; 5633 5634 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 5635 u16 interface_modes; 5636 5637 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 5638 5639 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 5640 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 5641 5642 u32 ap_sme_capa; 5643 5644 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 5645 5646 int bss_priv_size; 5647 u8 max_scan_ssids; 5648 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 5649 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 5650 u8 max_match_sets; 5651 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 5652 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 5653 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 5654 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 5655 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 5656 5657 int n_cipher_suites; 5658 const u32 *cipher_suites; 5659 5660 int n_akm_suites; 5661 const u32 *akm_suites; 5662 5663 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 5664 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 5665 5666 u8 retry_short; 5667 u8 retry_long; 5668 u32 frag_threshold; 5669 u32 rts_threshold; 5670 u8 coverage_class; 5671 5672 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 5673 u32 hw_version; 5674 5675 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 5676 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 5677 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 5678 #endif 5679 5680 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 5681 5682 u8 max_num_pmkids; 5683 5684 u32 available_antennas_tx; 5685 u32 available_antennas_rx; 5686 5687 u32 probe_resp_offload; 5688 5689 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 5690 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5691 5692 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 5693 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 5694 5695 const void *privid; 5696 5697 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 5698 5699 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5700 struct regulatory_request *request); 5701 5702 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 5703 5704 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 5705 5706 struct device dev; 5707 5708 bool registered; 5709 5710 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 5711 5712 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 5713 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 5714 5715 struct list_head wdev_list; 5716 5717 possible_net_t _net; 5718 5719 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5720 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 5721 #endif 5722 5723 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 5724 5725 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 5726 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 5727 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 5728 5729 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 5730 5731 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 5732 5733 u32 bss_select_support; 5734 5735 u8 nan_supported_bands; 5736 5737 u32 txq_limit; 5738 u32 txq_memory_limit; 5739 u32 txq_quantum; 5740 5741 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 5742 5743 u8 support_mbssid:1, 5744 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 5745 5746 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 5747 5748 struct { 5749 u64 peer, vif; 5750 u8 max_retry; 5751 } tid_config_support; 5752 5753 u8 max_data_retry_count; 5754 5755 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 5756 5757 struct rfkill *rfkill; 5758 5759 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; 5760 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; 5761 u16 max_num_akm_suites; 5762 5763 u16 hw_timestamp_max_peers; 5764 5765 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 5766 }; 5767 5768 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5769 { 5770 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 5771 } 5772 5773 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 5774 { 5775 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 5776 } 5777 5778 /** 5779 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 5780 * 5781 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 5782 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 5783 */ 5784 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5785 { 5786 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 5787 return &wiphy->priv; 5788 } 5789 5790 /** 5791 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 5792 * 5793 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 5794 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 5795 */ 5796 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 5797 { 5798 BUG_ON(!priv); 5799 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 5800 } 5801 5802 /** 5803 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 5804 * 5805 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 5806 * @dev: The device to parent it to 5807 */ 5808 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 5809 { 5810 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 5811 } 5812 5813 /** 5814 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 5815 * 5816 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 5817 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 5818 */ 5819 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5820 { 5821 return wiphy->dev.parent; 5822 } 5823 5824 /** 5825 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 5826 * 5827 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 5828 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 5829 */ 5830 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 5831 { 5832 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 5833 } 5834 5835 /** 5836 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5837 * 5838 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5839 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5840 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 5841 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 5842 * 5843 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5844 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5845 * 5846 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5847 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5848 */ 5849 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 5850 const char *requested_name); 5851 5852 /** 5853 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5854 * 5855 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5856 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5857 * 5858 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5859 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5860 * 5861 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5862 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5863 */ 5864 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 5865 int sizeof_priv) 5866 { 5867 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 5868 } 5869 5870 /** 5871 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 5872 * 5873 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 5874 * 5875 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 5876 */ 5877 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5878 5879 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 5880 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 5881 5882 /** 5883 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 5884 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5885 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5886 * 5887 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 5888 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 5889 */ 5890 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 5891 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5892 5893 /** 5894 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 5895 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5896 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5897 * 5898 * Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 5899 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 5900 */ 5901 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 5902 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5903 5904 /** 5905 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 5906 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 5907 */ 5908 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5909 5910 /** 5911 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 5912 * 5913 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 5914 * 5915 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 5916 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 5917 * request that is being handled. 5918 */ 5919 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5920 5921 /** 5922 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 5923 * 5924 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 5925 */ 5926 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5927 5928 /* internal structs */ 5929 struct cfg80211_conn; 5930 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 5931 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 5932 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 5933 5934 /** 5935 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 5936 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 5937 * 5938 * This is needed around registering and unregistering netdevs that 5939 * aren't created through cfg80211 calls, since that requires locking 5940 * in cfg80211 when the notifiers is called, but that cannot 5941 * differentiate which way it's called. 5942 * 5943 * It can also be used by drivers for their own purposes. 5944 * 5945 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 5946 * 5947 * Note that this makes sure that no workers that have been queued 5948 * with wiphy_queue_work() are running. 5949 */ 5950 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5951 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 5952 { 5953 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 5954 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 5955 } 5956 5957 /** 5958 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 5959 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 5960 */ 5961 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5962 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 5963 { 5964 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 5965 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 5966 } 5967 5968 struct wiphy_work; 5969 typedef void (*wiphy_work_func_t)(struct wiphy *, struct wiphy_work *); 5970 5971 struct wiphy_work { 5972 struct list_head entry; 5973 wiphy_work_func_t func; 5974 }; 5975 5976 static inline void wiphy_work_init(struct wiphy_work *work, 5977 wiphy_work_func_t func) 5978 { 5979 INIT_LIST_HEAD(&work->entry); 5980 work->func = func; 5981 } 5982 5983 /** 5984 * wiphy_work_queue - queue work for the wiphy 5985 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 5986 * @work: the work item 5987 * 5988 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 5989 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 5990 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 5991 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 5992 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 5993 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 5994 */ 5995 void wiphy_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 5996 5997 /** 5998 * wiphy_work_cancel - cancel previously queued work 5999 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6000 * @work: the work to cancel 6001 * 6002 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 6003 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6004 */ 6005 void wiphy_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6006 6007 /** 6008 * wiphy_work_flush - flush previously queued work 6009 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6010 * @work: the work to flush, this can be %NULL to flush all work 6011 * 6012 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 6013 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6014 */ 6015 void wiphy_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6016 6017 struct wiphy_delayed_work { 6018 struct wiphy_work work; 6019 struct wiphy *wiphy; 6020 struct timer_list timer; 6021 }; 6022 6023 void wiphy_delayed_work_timer(struct timer_list *t); 6024 6025 static inline void wiphy_delayed_work_init(struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 6026 wiphy_work_func_t func) 6027 { 6028 timer_setup(&dwork->timer, wiphy_delayed_work_timer, 0); 6029 wiphy_work_init(&dwork->work, func); 6030 } 6031 6032 /** 6033 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue - queue delayed work for the wiphy 6034 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 6035 * @dwork: the delayable worker 6036 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing 6037 * 6038 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 6039 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 6040 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 6041 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 6042 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 6043 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 6044 */ 6045 void wiphy_delayed_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6046 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 6047 unsigned long delay); 6048 6049 /** 6050 * wiphy_delayed_work_cancel - cancel previously queued delayed work 6051 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6052 * @dwork: the delayed work to cancel 6053 * 6054 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 6055 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6056 */ 6057 void wiphy_delayed_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6058 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6059 6060 /** 6061 * wiphy_delayed_work_flush - flush previously queued delayed work 6062 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6063 * @dwork: the delayed work to flush 6064 * 6065 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 6066 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6067 */ 6068 void wiphy_delayed_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6069 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6070 6071 /** 6072 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 6073 * 6074 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 6075 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 6076 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 6077 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 6078 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 6079 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 6080 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 6081 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 6082 * 6083 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 6084 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 6085 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 6086 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 6087 * 6088 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 6089 * @iftype: interface type 6090 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 6091 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock 6092 * for the notifier 6093 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 6094 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 6095 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 6096 * wireless device if it has no netdev 6097 * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype 6098 * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode) 6099 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 6100 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 6101 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 6102 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 6103 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 6104 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 6105 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 6106 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 6107 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 6108 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 6109 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 6110 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 6111 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 6112 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 6113 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 6114 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 6115 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 6116 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 6117 * need to propagate the update to the driver 6118 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 6119 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 6120 * the P2P Device. 6121 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 6122 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 6123 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 6124 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 6125 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 6126 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 6127 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 6128 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 6129 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 6130 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 6131 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 6132 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 6133 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 6134 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 6135 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 6136 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 6137 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 6138 * @cqm_rssi_work: (private) CQM RSSI reporting work 6139 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 6140 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 6141 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 6142 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 6143 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 6144 * unprotected beacon report 6145 * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr 6146 * @ap and @client for each link 6147 * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid 6148 */ 6149 struct wireless_dev { 6150 struct wiphy *wiphy; 6151 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 6152 6153 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 6154 struct list_head list; 6155 struct net_device *netdev; 6156 6157 u32 identifier; 6158 6159 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 6160 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 6161 6162 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; 6163 6164 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 6165 6166 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 6167 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 6168 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 6169 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 6170 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 6171 6172 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 6173 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6174 6175 struct list_head event_list; 6176 spinlock_t event_lock; 6177 6178 u8 connected:1; 6179 6180 bool ps; 6181 int ps_timeout; 6182 6183 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 6184 6185 u32 owner_nlportid; 6186 bool nl_owner_dead; 6187 6188 /* FIXME: need to rework radar detection for MLO */ 6189 bool cac_started; 6190 unsigned long cac_start_time; 6191 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 6192 6193 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 6194 /* wext data */ 6195 struct { 6196 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 6197 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 6198 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 6199 const u8 *ie; 6200 size_t ie_len; 6201 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6202 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6203 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6204 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 6205 bool prev_bssid_valid; 6206 } wext; 6207 #endif 6208 6209 struct wiphy_work cqm_rssi_work; 6210 struct cfg80211_cqm_config __rcu *cqm_config; 6211 6212 struct list_head pmsr_list; 6213 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 6214 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 6215 6216 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 6217 6218 union { 6219 struct { 6220 u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 6221 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6222 u8 ssid_len; 6223 } client; 6224 struct { 6225 int beacon_interval; 6226 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 6227 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6228 u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_MESH_ID_LEN]; 6229 u8 id_len, id_up_len; 6230 } mesh; 6231 struct { 6232 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 6233 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6234 u8 ssid_len; 6235 } ap; 6236 struct { 6237 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 6238 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6239 int beacon_interval; 6240 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6241 u8 ssid_len; 6242 } ibss; 6243 struct { 6244 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6245 } ocb; 6246 } u; 6247 6248 struct { 6249 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 6250 union { 6251 struct { 6252 unsigned int beacon_interval; 6253 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6254 } ap; 6255 struct { 6256 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 6257 } client; 6258 }; 6259 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 6260 u16 valid_links; 6261 }; 6262 6263 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6264 { 6265 if (wdev->netdev) 6266 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 6267 return wdev->address; 6268 } 6269 6270 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6271 { 6272 if (wdev->netdev) 6273 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 6274 return wdev->is_running; 6275 } 6276 6277 /** 6278 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 6279 * 6280 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 6281 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 6282 */ 6283 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6284 { 6285 BUG_ON(!wdev); 6286 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 6287 } 6288 6289 /** 6290 * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev 6291 * @wdev: the wdev 6292 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO 6293 * 6294 * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL. 6295 */ 6296 struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6297 unsigned int link_id); 6298 6299 static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6300 unsigned int link_id) 6301 { 6302 WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links); 6303 WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links && 6304 !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id))); 6305 } 6306 6307 #define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \ 6308 for (link_id = 0; \ 6309 link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \ 6310 ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \ 6311 link_id++) \ 6312 if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \ 6313 ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id))) 6314 6315 /** 6316 * DOC: Utility functions 6317 * 6318 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 6319 */ 6320 6321 /** 6322 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 6323 * 6324 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 6325 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 6326 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 6327 */ 6328 static inline bool 6329 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 6330 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 6331 { 6332 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 6333 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 6334 } 6335 6336 /** 6337 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 6338 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 6339 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 6340 */ 6341 static inline u32 6342 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6343 { 6344 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 6345 } 6346 6347 /** 6348 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan 6349 * 6350 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ 6351 * @chan: channel 6352 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq 6353 */ 6354 enum nl80211_chan_width 6355 ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 6356 6357 /** 6358 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 6359 * @chan: channel number 6360 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6361 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6362 */ 6363 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 6364 6365 /** 6366 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 6367 * @chan: channel number 6368 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6369 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6370 */ 6371 static inline int 6372 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 6373 { 6374 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 6375 } 6376 6377 /** 6378 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6379 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 6380 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6381 */ 6382 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 6383 6384 /** 6385 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6386 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 6387 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6388 */ 6389 static inline int 6390 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 6391 { 6392 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6393 } 6394 6395 /** 6396 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 6397 * frequency 6398 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6399 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 6400 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6401 */ 6402 struct ieee80211_channel * 6403 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 6404 6405 /** 6406 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 6407 * 6408 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6409 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 6410 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6411 */ 6412 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 6413 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 6414 { 6415 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6416 } 6417 6418 /** 6419 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 6420 * @chan: control channel to check 6421 * 6422 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 6423 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 6424 */ 6425 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6426 { 6427 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 6428 return false; 6429 6430 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 6431 } 6432 6433 /** 6434 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 6435 * 6436 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6437 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 6438 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 6439 * 6440 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 6441 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 6442 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 6443 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 6444 */ 6445 const struct ieee80211_rate * 6446 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 6447 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 6448 6449 /** 6450 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 6451 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6452 * 6453 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 6454 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 6455 */ 6456 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband); 6457 6458 /* 6459 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 6460 * 6461 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 6462 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 6463 */ 6464 6465 struct radiotap_align_size { 6466 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 6467 }; 6468 6469 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 6470 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 6471 int n_bits; 6472 uint32_t oui; 6473 uint8_t subns; 6474 }; 6475 6476 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 6477 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 6478 int n_ns; 6479 }; 6480 6481 /** 6482 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 6483 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 6484 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 6485 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 6486 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 6487 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 6488 * the beginning of the actual data portion 6489 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 6490 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 6491 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 6492 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 6493 * radiotap namespace or not 6494 * 6495 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 6496 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 6497 * @_arg_index: next argument index 6498 * @_arg: next argument pointer 6499 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 6500 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 6501 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 6502 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 6503 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 6504 * next bitmap word 6505 * 6506 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 6507 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 6508 */ 6509 6510 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 6511 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 6512 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 6513 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 6514 6515 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 6516 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 6517 6518 unsigned char *this_arg; 6519 int this_arg_index; 6520 int this_arg_size; 6521 6522 int is_radiotap_ns; 6523 6524 int _max_length; 6525 int _arg_index; 6526 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 6527 int _reset_on_ext; 6528 }; 6529 6530 int 6531 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 6532 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 6533 int max_length, 6534 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 6535 6536 int 6537 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 6538 6539 6540 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 6541 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 6542 6543 /** 6544 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 6545 * 6546 * @skb: the frame 6547 * 6548 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 6549 * returns the 802.11 header length. 6550 * 6551 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 6552 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 6553 * 802.11 header. 6554 */ 6555 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 6556 6557 /** 6558 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 6559 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 6560 * Return: The header length in bytes. 6561 */ 6562 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 6563 6564 /** 6565 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 6566 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 6567 * (first byte) will be accessed 6568 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 6569 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 6570 */ 6571 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 6572 6573 /** 6574 * DOC: Data path helpers 6575 * 6576 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 6577 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 6578 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 6579 */ 6580 6581 /** 6582 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6583 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6584 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 6585 * of it being pushed into the SKB 6586 * @addr: the device MAC address 6587 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6588 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 6589 * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU 6590 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6591 */ 6592 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 6593 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6594 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); 6595 6596 /** 6597 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6598 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6599 * @addr: the device MAC address 6600 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6601 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6602 */ 6603 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 6604 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 6605 { 6606 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); 6607 } 6608 6609 /** 6610 * ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu - check if subframe lengths of an A-MSDU are valid 6611 * 6612 * This is used to detect non-standard A-MSDU frames, e.g. the ones generated 6613 * by ath10k and ath11k, where the subframe length includes the length of the 6614 * mesh control field. 6615 * 6616 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6617 * @mesh_hdr: the type of mesh header to test 6618 * 0: non-mesh A-MSDU length field 6619 * 1: big-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 6620 * 2: little-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 6621 * Returns: true if subframe header lengths are valid for the @mesh_hdr mode 6622 */ 6623 bool ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 mesh_hdr); 6624 6625 /** 6626 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 6627 * 6628 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 6629 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 6630 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 6631 * 6632 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6633 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 6634 * initialized by the caller. 6635 * @addr: The device MAC address. 6636 * @iftype: The device interface type. 6637 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 6638 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6639 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6640 * @mesh_control: see mesh_hdr in ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu 6641 */ 6642 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 6643 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6644 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 6645 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa, 6646 u8 mesh_control); 6647 6648 /** 6649 * ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto - get RFC1042 or bridge tunnel encap protocol 6650 * 6651 * Check for RFC1042 or bridge tunnel header and fetch the encapsulated 6652 * protocol. 6653 * 6654 * @hdr: pointer to the MSDU payload 6655 * @proto: destination pointer to store the protocol 6656 * Return: true if encapsulation was found 6657 */ 6658 bool ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto(const void *hdr, __be16 *proto); 6659 6660 /** 6661 * ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr - strip mesh header from converted 802.3 frames 6662 * 6663 * Strip the mesh header, which was left in by ieee80211_data_to_8023 as part 6664 * of the MSDU data. Also move any source/destination addresses from the mesh 6665 * header to the ethernet header (if present). 6666 * 6667 * @skb: The 802.3 frame with embedded mesh header 6668 */ 6669 int ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr(struct sk_buff *skb); 6670 6671 /** 6672 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 6673 * @skb: the data frame 6674 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 6675 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 6676 */ 6677 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 6678 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 6679 6680 /** 6681 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 6682 * 6683 * @eid: element ID 6684 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6685 * @len: length of data 6686 * @match: byte array to match 6687 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6688 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 6689 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 6690 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 6691 * the data portion instead. 6692 * 6693 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6694 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6695 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6696 * requested element struct. 6697 * 6698 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6699 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6700 * byte array to match. 6701 */ 6702 const struct element * 6703 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6704 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6705 unsigned int match_offset); 6706 6707 /** 6708 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 6709 * 6710 * @eid: element ID 6711 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6712 * @len: length of data 6713 * @match: byte array to match 6714 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6715 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 6716 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 6717 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 6718 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 6719 * the second byte is the IE length. 6720 * 6721 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6722 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6723 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 6724 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6725 * element ID. 6726 * 6727 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6728 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6729 * byte array to match. 6730 */ 6731 static inline const u8 * 6732 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6733 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6734 unsigned int match_offset) 6735 { 6736 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 6737 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 6738 */ 6739 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 6740 (!match_len && match_offset))) 6741 return NULL; 6742 6743 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 6744 match, match_len, 6745 match_offset ? 6746 match_offset - 2 : 0); 6747 } 6748 6749 /** 6750 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 6751 * 6752 * @eid: element ID 6753 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6754 * @len: length of data 6755 * 6756 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6757 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6758 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6759 * requested element struct. 6760 * 6761 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6762 * having to fit into the given data. 6763 */ 6764 static inline const struct element * 6765 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6766 { 6767 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6768 } 6769 6770 /** 6771 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 6772 * 6773 * @eid: element ID 6774 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6775 * @len: length of data 6776 * 6777 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6778 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6779 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6780 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6781 * 6782 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6783 * having to fit into the given data. 6784 */ 6785 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6786 { 6787 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6788 } 6789 6790 /** 6791 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 6792 * 6793 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6794 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6795 * @len: length of data 6796 * 6797 * Return: %NULL if the extended element could not be found or if 6798 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6799 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6800 * requested element struct. 6801 * 6802 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6803 * having to fit into the given data. 6804 */ 6805 static inline const struct element * 6806 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6807 { 6808 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6809 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 6810 } 6811 6812 /** 6813 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 6814 * 6815 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6816 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6817 * @len: length of data 6818 * 6819 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 6820 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6821 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6822 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6823 * 6824 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6825 * having to fit into the given data. 6826 */ 6827 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6828 { 6829 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6830 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 6831 } 6832 6833 /** 6834 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 6835 * 6836 * @oui: vendor OUI 6837 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6838 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6839 * @len: length of data 6840 * 6841 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6842 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 6843 * return the element structure for the requested element. 6844 * 6845 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6846 * the given data. 6847 */ 6848 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6849 const u8 *ies, 6850 unsigned int len); 6851 6852 /** 6853 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 6854 * 6855 * @oui: vendor OUI 6856 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6857 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6858 * @len: length of data 6859 * 6860 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6861 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 6862 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6863 * element ID. 6864 * 6865 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6866 * the given data. 6867 */ 6868 static inline const u8 * 6869 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6870 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 6871 { 6872 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 6873 } 6874 6875 /** 6876 * enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret - reduced neighbor report iteration state 6877 * @RNR_ITER_CONTINUE: continue iterating with the next entry 6878 * @RNR_ITER_BREAK: break iteration and return success 6879 * @RNR_ITER_ERROR: break iteration and return error 6880 */ 6881 enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret { 6882 RNR_ITER_CONTINUE, 6883 RNR_ITER_BREAK, 6884 RNR_ITER_ERROR, 6885 }; 6886 6887 /** 6888 * cfg80211_iter_rnr - iterate reduced neighbor report entries 6889 * @elems: the frame elements to iterate RNR elements and then 6890 * their entries in 6891 * @elems_len: length of the elements 6892 * @iter: iteration function, see also &enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret 6893 * for the return value 6894 * @iter_data: additional data passed to the iteration function 6895 * Return: %true on success (after successfully iterating all entries 6896 * or if the iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_BREAK), 6897 * %false on error (iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_ERROR 6898 * or elements were malformed.) 6899 */ 6900 bool cfg80211_iter_rnr(const u8 *elems, size_t elems_len, 6901 enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret 6902 (*iter)(void *data, u8 type, 6903 const struct ieee80211_neighbor_ap_info *info, 6904 const u8 *tbtt_info, u8 tbtt_info_len), 6905 void *iter_data); 6906 6907 /** 6908 * cfg80211_defragment_element - Defrag the given element data into a buffer 6909 * 6910 * @elem: the element to defragment 6911 * @ies: elements where @elem is contained 6912 * @ieslen: length of @ies 6913 * @data: buffer to store element data, or %NULL to just determine size 6914 * @data_len: length of @data, or 0 6915 * @frag_id: the element ID of fragments 6916 * 6917 * Return: length of @data, or -EINVAL on error 6918 * 6919 * Copy out all data from an element that may be fragmented into @data, while 6920 * skipping all headers. 6921 * 6922 * The function uses memmove() internally. It is acceptable to defragment an 6923 * element in-place. 6924 */ 6925 ssize_t cfg80211_defragment_element(const struct element *elem, const u8 *ies, 6926 size_t ieslen, u8 *data, size_t data_len, 6927 u8 frag_id); 6928 6929 /** 6930 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 6931 * 6932 * @dev: network device 6933 * @addr: STA MAC address 6934 * 6935 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 6936 * devices upon STA association. 6937 */ 6938 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6939 6940 /** 6941 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 6942 * 6943 * TODO 6944 */ 6945 6946 /** 6947 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 6948 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 6949 * conflicts) 6950 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 6951 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 6952 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 6953 * alpha2. 6954 * 6955 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 6956 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 6957 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 6958 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 6959 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 6960 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 6961 * 6962 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 6963 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 6964 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 6965 * 6966 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6967 * an -ENOMEM. 6968 * 6969 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 6970 */ 6971 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 6972 6973 /** 6974 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 6975 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6976 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 6977 * 6978 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 6979 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 6980 * information. 6981 * 6982 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6983 */ 6984 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6985 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6986 6987 /** 6988 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 6989 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6990 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 6991 * 6992 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 6993 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 6994 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 6995 * 6996 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6997 */ 6998 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6999 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 7000 7001 /** 7002 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 7003 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 7004 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 7005 * 7006 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 7007 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 7008 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 7009 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 7010 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 7011 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 7012 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 7013 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 7014 * that called this helper. 7015 */ 7016 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7017 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 7018 7019 /** 7020 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 7021 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 7022 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 7023 * 7024 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 7025 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 7026 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 7027 * and processed already. 7028 * 7029 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 7030 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 7031 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 7032 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 7033 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 7034 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 7035 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 7036 */ 7037 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7038 u32 center_freq); 7039 7040 /** 7041 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 7042 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 7043 * 7044 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 7045 * proper string representation. 7046 */ 7047 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 7048 7049 /** 7050 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 7051 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 7052 * 7053 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 7054 */ 7055 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7056 7057 /** 7058 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 7059 * 7060 */ 7061 7062 /** 7063 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 7064 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 7065 * 7066 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 7067 * @freq: the frequency (in MHz) to be queried. 7068 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 7069 * 7070 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 7071 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 7072 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 7073 * 7074 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 7075 * an -ENODATA. 7076 * 7077 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 7078 */ 7079 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 7080 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 7081 7082 /* 7083 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 7084 * functions and BSS handling helpers 7085 */ 7086 7087 /** 7088 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 7089 * 7090 * @request: the corresponding scan request 7091 * @info: information about the completed scan 7092 */ 7093 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 7094 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 7095 7096 /** 7097 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 7098 * 7099 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 7100 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 7101 */ 7102 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 7103 7104 /** 7105 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 7106 * 7107 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 7108 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 7109 * 7110 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 7111 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 7112 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 7113 */ 7114 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 7115 7116 /** 7117 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 7118 * 7119 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 7120 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 7121 * 7122 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 7123 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 7124 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 7125 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 7126 */ 7127 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 7128 7129 /** 7130 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 7131 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 7132 * @data: the BSS metadata 7133 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 7134 * @len: length of the management frame 7135 * @gfp: context flags 7136 * 7137 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 7138 * the BSS should be updated/added. 7139 * 7140 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 7141 * Or %NULL on error. 7142 */ 7143 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7144 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7145 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 7146 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 7147 gfp_t gfp); 7148 7149 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7150 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7151 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 7152 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 7153 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 7154 { 7155 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 7156 .chan = rx_channel, 7157 .signal = signal, 7158 }; 7159 7160 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 7161 } 7162 7163 /** 7164 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 7165 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 7166 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 7167 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 7168 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 7169 */ 7170 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 7171 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 7172 { 7173 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 7174 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 7175 u64 new_bssid_u64; 7176 7177 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 7178 7179 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 7180 7181 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 7182 } 7183 7184 /** 7185 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 7186 * @element: element to check 7187 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 7188 */ 7189 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 7190 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 7191 7192 /** 7193 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 7194 * @ie: ies 7195 * @ielen: length of IEs 7196 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 7197 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 7198 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 7199 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 7200 */ 7201 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7202 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 7203 const struct element *sub_elem, 7204 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 7205 7206 /** 7207 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 7208 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 7209 * from a beacon or probe response 7210 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 7211 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 7212 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON: data comes from an S1G beacon 7213 */ 7214 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 7215 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 7216 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 7217 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 7218 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON, 7219 }; 7220 7221 /** 7222 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies 7223 * @ie: IEs 7224 * @ielen: length of IEs 7225 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel 7226 * 7227 * Returns the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. 7228 */ 7229 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7230 enum nl80211_band band); 7231 7232 /** 7233 * cfg80211_ssid_eq - compare two SSIDs 7234 * @a: first SSID 7235 * @b: second SSID 7236 * 7237 * Return: %true if SSIDs are equal, %false otherwise. 7238 */ 7239 static inline bool 7240 cfg80211_ssid_eq(struct cfg80211_ssid *a, struct cfg80211_ssid *b) 7241 { 7242 if (WARN_ON(!a || !b)) 7243 return false; 7244 if (a->ssid_len != b->ssid_len) 7245 return false; 7246 return memcmp(a->ssid, b->ssid, a->ssid_len) ? false : true; 7247 } 7248 7249 /** 7250 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 7251 * 7252 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 7253 * @data: the BSS metadata 7254 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 7255 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 7256 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 7257 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 7258 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 7259 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 7260 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 7261 * @gfp: context flags 7262 * 7263 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 7264 * the BSS should be updated/added. 7265 * 7266 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 7267 * Or %NULL on error. 7268 */ 7269 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7270 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7271 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 7272 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7273 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7274 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7275 gfp_t gfp); 7276 7277 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7278 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7279 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 7280 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7281 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7282 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7283 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 7284 { 7285 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 7286 .chan = rx_channel, 7287 .signal = signal, 7288 }; 7289 7290 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 7291 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 7292 gfp); 7293 } 7294 7295 /** 7296 * __cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 7297 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7298 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 7299 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 7300 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 7301 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 7302 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 7303 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 7304 * @use_for: indicates which use is intended 7305 */ 7306 struct cfg80211_bss *__cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7307 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7308 const u8 *bssid, 7309 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 7310 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 7311 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy, 7312 u32 use_for); 7313 7314 /** 7315 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 7316 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7317 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 7318 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 7319 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 7320 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 7321 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 7322 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 7323 * 7324 * This version implies regular usage, %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL. 7325 */ 7326 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 7327 cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7328 const u8 *bssid, const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 7329 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 7330 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy) 7331 { 7332 return __cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, bssid, ssid, ssid_len, 7333 bss_type, privacy, 7334 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL); 7335 } 7336 7337 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 7338 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7339 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7340 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 7341 { 7342 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 7343 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 7344 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 7345 } 7346 7347 /** 7348 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 7349 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7350 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 7351 * 7352 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 7353 */ 7354 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7355 7356 /** 7357 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 7358 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7359 * @bss: the BSS struct 7360 * 7361 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 7362 */ 7363 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7364 7365 /** 7366 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 7367 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7368 * @bss: the bss to remove 7369 * 7370 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 7371 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 7372 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 7373 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 7374 */ 7375 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7376 7377 /** 7378 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 7379 * 7380 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 7381 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 7382 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 7383 * 7384 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7385 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 7386 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 7387 * @iter: the iterator function to call 7388 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 7389 */ 7390 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7391 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7392 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7393 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 7394 void *data), 7395 void *iter_data); 7396 7397 /** 7398 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 7399 * @dev: network device 7400 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 7401 * @len: length of the frame data 7402 * 7403 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 7404 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 7405 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 7406 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7407 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7408 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7409 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 7410 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 7411 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 7412 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 7413 * 7414 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7415 */ 7416 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7417 7418 /** 7419 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 7420 * @dev: network device 7421 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 7422 * 7423 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 7424 * mutex. 7425 */ 7426 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 7427 7428 /** 7429 * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data - association response data 7430 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 7431 * @len: length of the frame data 7432 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 7433 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 7434 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 7435 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 7436 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO) 7437 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for 7438 * non-MLO connections 7439 * @links.bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the 7440 * pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() 7441 * @links.status: Set this (along with a BSS pointer) for links that 7442 * were rejected by the AP. 7443 */ 7444 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data { 7445 const u8 *buf; 7446 size_t len; 7447 const u8 *req_ies; 7448 size_t req_ies_len; 7449 int uapsd_queues; 7450 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7451 struct { 7452 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 7453 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7454 u16 status; 7455 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7456 }; 7457 7458 /** 7459 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 7460 * @dev: network device 7461 * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data 7462 * 7463 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7464 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7465 * 7466 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7467 */ 7468 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 7469 const struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data *data); 7470 7471 /** 7472 * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data 7473 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL 7474 * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections 7475 * (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL) 7476 * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise 7477 * the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some 7478 * other API (e.g. deauth RX) 7479 */ 7480 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure { 7481 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7482 struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7483 bool timeout; 7484 }; 7485 7486 /** 7487 * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure 7488 * @dev: network device 7489 * @data: data describing the association failure 7490 * 7491 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7492 */ 7493 void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev, 7494 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data); 7495 7496 /** 7497 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 7498 * @dev: network device 7499 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 7500 * @len: length of the frame data 7501 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 7502 * 7503 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 7504 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 7505 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 7506 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 7507 */ 7508 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7509 bool reconnect); 7510 7511 /** 7512 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 7513 * @dev: network device 7514 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 7515 * @len: length of the frame data 7516 * 7517 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 7518 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 7519 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 7520 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 7521 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 7522 * 7523 * This function may sleep. 7524 */ 7525 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 7526 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7527 7528 /** 7529 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 7530 * @dev: network device 7531 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 7532 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 7533 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 7534 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 7535 * @gfp: allocation flags 7536 * 7537 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 7538 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 7539 * primitive. 7540 */ 7541 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7542 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 7543 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 7544 7545 /** 7546 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 7547 * 7548 * @dev: network device 7549 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 7550 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 7551 * @gfp: allocation flags 7552 * 7553 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 7554 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 7555 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 7556 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 7557 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 7558 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 7559 */ 7560 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7561 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 7562 7563 /** 7564 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 7565 * candidate 7566 * 7567 * @dev: network device 7568 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 7569 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 7570 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 7571 * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm 7572 * @gfp: allocation flags 7573 * 7574 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 7575 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 7576 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 7577 */ 7578 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 7579 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 7580 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 7581 7582 /** 7583 * DOC: RFkill integration 7584 * 7585 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 7586 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 7587 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 7588 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off. Drivers are 7589 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 7590 * 7591 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 7592 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 7593 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 7594 */ 7595 7596 /** 7597 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 7598 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7599 * @blocked: block status 7600 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons 7601 */ 7602 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, 7603 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); 7604 7605 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) 7606 { 7607 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, 7608 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); 7609 } 7610 7611 /** 7612 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 7613 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7614 */ 7615 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7616 7617 /** 7618 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 7619 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7620 */ 7621 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) 7622 { 7623 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); 7624 } 7625 7626 /** 7627 * DOC: Vendor commands 7628 * 7629 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 7630 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 7631 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 7632 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 7633 * the configuration mechanism. 7634 * 7635 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 7636 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one. Each command has an 7637 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 7638 * 7639 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 7640 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 7641 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 7642 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 7643 * managers etc. need. 7644 */ 7645 7646 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7647 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7648 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7649 int approxlen); 7650 7651 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7652 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7653 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7654 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7655 unsigned int portid, 7656 int vendor_event_idx, 7657 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 7658 7659 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 7660 7661 /** 7662 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 7663 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7664 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7665 * be put into the skb 7666 * 7667 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7668 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7669 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 7670 * 7671 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 7672 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7673 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7674 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7675 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 7676 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 7677 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 7678 * 7679 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 7680 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 7681 * 7682 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7683 */ 7684 static inline struct sk_buff * 7685 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7686 { 7687 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7688 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 7689 } 7690 7691 /** 7692 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 7693 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7694 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 7695 * 7696 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7697 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 7698 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 7699 * skb regardless of the return value. 7700 * 7701 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7702 */ 7703 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 7704 7705 /** 7706 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID 7707 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7708 * 7709 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 7710 * Valid to call only there. 7711 */ 7712 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7713 7714 /** 7715 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 7716 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7717 * @wdev: the wireless device 7718 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 7719 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7720 * be put into the skb 7721 * @gfp: allocation flags 7722 * 7723 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7724 * vendor-specific multicast group. 7725 * 7726 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7727 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7728 * attribute. 7729 * 7730 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7731 * skb to send the event. 7732 * 7733 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7734 */ 7735 static inline struct sk_buff * 7736 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7737 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7738 { 7739 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7740 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7741 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7742 } 7743 7744 /** 7745 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 7746 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7747 * @wdev: the wireless device 7748 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 7749 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 7750 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7751 * be put into the skb 7752 * @gfp: allocation flags 7753 * 7754 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 7755 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 7756 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 7757 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 7758 * 7759 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7760 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7761 * attribute. 7762 * 7763 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7764 * skb to send the event. 7765 * 7766 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7767 */ 7768 static inline struct sk_buff * 7769 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7770 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7771 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 7772 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7773 { 7774 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7775 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7776 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7777 } 7778 7779 /** 7780 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 7781 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 7782 * @gfp: allocation flags 7783 * 7784 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7785 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 7786 */ 7787 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7788 { 7789 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7790 } 7791 7792 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 7793 /** 7794 * DOC: Test mode 7795 * 7796 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 7797 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 7798 * factory programming. 7799 * 7800 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it. For more 7801 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 7802 */ 7803 7804 /** 7805 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 7806 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7807 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7808 * be put into the skb 7809 * 7810 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7811 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7812 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 7813 * 7814 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 7815 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7816 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7817 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7818 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 7819 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 7820 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 7821 * 7822 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 7823 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 7824 * 7825 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7826 */ 7827 static inline struct sk_buff * 7828 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7829 { 7830 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7831 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 7832 } 7833 7834 /** 7835 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 7836 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7837 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 7838 * 7839 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7840 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 7841 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 7842 * regardless of the return value. 7843 * 7844 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7845 */ 7846 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 7847 { 7848 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 7849 } 7850 7851 /** 7852 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 7853 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7854 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7855 * be put into the skb 7856 * @gfp: allocation flags 7857 * 7858 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7859 * testmode multicast group. 7860 * 7861 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 7862 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 7863 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 7864 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 7865 * in any other way. 7866 * 7867 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 7868 * skb to send the event. 7869 * 7870 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7871 */ 7872 static inline struct sk_buff * 7873 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 7874 { 7875 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7876 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 7877 approxlen, gfp); 7878 } 7879 7880 /** 7881 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 7882 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7883 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 7884 * @gfp: allocation flags 7885 * 7886 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7887 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 7888 * consumes it. 7889 */ 7890 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7891 { 7892 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7893 } 7894 7895 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 7896 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 7897 #else 7898 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 7899 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 7900 #endif 7901 7902 /** 7903 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 7904 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 7905 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 7906 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 7907 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 7908 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 7909 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 7910 * status for a FILS connection. 7911 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7912 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 7913 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 7914 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7915 */ 7916 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 7917 const u8 *kek; 7918 size_t kek_len; 7919 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 7920 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 7921 const u8 *pmk; 7922 size_t pmk_len; 7923 const u8 *pmkid; 7924 }; 7925 7926 /** 7927 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 7928 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7929 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7930 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7931 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7932 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7933 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7934 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7935 * case. 7936 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 7937 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 7938 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7939 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 7940 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 7941 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7942 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7943 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7944 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7945 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7946 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7947 * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise 7948 * zero. 7949 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL. 7950 * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated 7951 * using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the 7952 * connected AP info. 7953 * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise 7954 * %NULL. 7955 * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO 7956 * connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL). 7957 * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected. 7958 * For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA 7959 * is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be 7960 * %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and 7961 * hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning 7962 * if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers 7963 * implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs 7964 * to be specified. 7965 * @links.status: per-link status code, to report a status code that's not 7966 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for a given link, it must also be in the 7967 * @valid_links bitmap and may have a BSS pointer (which is then released) 7968 */ 7969 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 7970 int status; 7971 const u8 *req_ie; 7972 size_t req_ie_len; 7973 const u8 *resp_ie; 7974 size_t resp_ie_len; 7975 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7976 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 7977 7978 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7979 u16 valid_links; 7980 struct { 7981 const u8 *addr; 7982 const u8 *bssid; 7983 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7984 u16 status; 7985 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7986 }; 7987 7988 /** 7989 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7990 * 7991 * @dev: network device 7992 * @params: connection response parameters 7993 * @gfp: allocation flags 7994 * 7995 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7996 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7997 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 7998 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 7999 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 8000 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8001 */ 8002 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 8003 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 8004 gfp_t gfp); 8005 8006 /** 8007 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 8008 * 8009 * @dev: network device 8010 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8011 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 8012 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 8013 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 8014 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 8015 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 8016 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 8017 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8018 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8019 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8020 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 8021 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 8022 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 8023 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 8024 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 8025 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 8026 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 8027 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 8028 * case. 8029 * @gfp: allocation flags 8030 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 8031 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 8032 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 8033 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 8034 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 8035 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 8036 * 8037 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 8038 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 8039 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 8040 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 8041 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 8042 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8043 */ 8044 static inline void 8045 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8046 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 8047 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 8048 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 8049 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 8050 { 8051 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 8052 8053 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 8054 params.status = status; 8055 params.links[0].bssid = bssid; 8056 params.links[0].bss = bss; 8057 params.req_ie = req_ie; 8058 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 8059 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 8060 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 8061 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 8062 8063 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 8064 } 8065 8066 /** 8067 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 8068 * 8069 * @dev: network device 8070 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8071 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8072 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8073 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8074 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 8075 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 8076 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 8077 * the real status code for failures. 8078 * @gfp: allocation flags 8079 * 8080 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 8081 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 8082 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 8083 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 8084 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8085 */ 8086 static inline void 8087 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8088 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 8089 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 8090 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 8091 { 8092 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 8093 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 8094 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 8095 } 8096 8097 /** 8098 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 8099 * 8100 * @dev: network device 8101 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8102 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8103 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8104 * @gfp: allocation flags 8105 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 8106 * 8107 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 8108 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 8109 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 8110 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 8111 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 8112 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 8113 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8114 */ 8115 static inline void 8116 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8117 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 8118 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 8119 { 8120 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 8121 gfp, timeout_reason); 8122 } 8123 8124 /** 8125 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 8126 * 8127 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8128 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8129 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8130 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 8131 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 8132 * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set. 8133 * Otherwise zero. 8134 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL. 8135 * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in 8136 * @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info. 8137 * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL. 8138 * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO 8139 * roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be 8140 * %NULL if %links.bss is set. 8141 * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP. 8142 * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got 8143 * roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to 8144 * which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set) 8145 */ 8146 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 8147 const u8 *req_ie; 8148 size_t req_ie_len; 8149 const u8 *resp_ie; 8150 size_t resp_ie_len; 8151 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 8152 8153 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 8154 u16 valid_links; 8155 struct { 8156 const u8 *addr; 8157 const u8 *bssid; 8158 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 8159 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 8160 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 8161 }; 8162 8163 /** 8164 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 8165 * 8166 * @dev: network device 8167 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 8168 * @gfp: allocation flags 8169 * 8170 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 8171 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 8172 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 8173 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 8174 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 8175 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 8176 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 8177 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 8178 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 8179 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 8180 */ 8181 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 8182 gfp_t gfp); 8183 8184 /** 8185 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 8186 * 8187 * @dev: network device 8188 * @peer_addr: BSSID of the AP/P2P GO in case of STA/GC or STA/GC MAC address 8189 * in case of AP/P2P GO 8190 * @td_bitmap: transition disable policy 8191 * @td_bitmap_len: Length of transition disable policy 8192 * @gfp: allocation flags 8193 * 8194 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 8195 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 8196 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 8197 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 8198 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 8199 * indicate the 802.11 association. 8200 * This function can also be called by AP/P2P GO driver that supports 8201 * authentication offload. In this case the peer_mac passed is that of 8202 * associated STA/GC. 8203 */ 8204 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer_addr, 8205 const u8* td_bitmap, u8 td_bitmap_len, gfp_t gfp); 8206 8207 /** 8208 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 8209 * 8210 * @dev: network device 8211 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 8212 * @ie_len: length of IEs 8213 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 8214 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 8215 * @gfp: allocation flags 8216 * 8217 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 8218 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 8219 */ 8220 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 8221 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 8222 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 8223 8224 /** 8225 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 8226 * @wdev: wireless device 8227 * @cookie: the request cookie 8228 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 8229 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 8230 * channel 8231 * @gfp: allocation flags 8232 */ 8233 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8234 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 8235 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 8236 8237 /** 8238 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 8239 * @wdev: wireless device 8240 * @cookie: the request cookie 8241 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 8242 * @gfp: allocation flags 8243 */ 8244 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8245 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 8246 gfp_t gfp); 8247 8248 /** 8249 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 8250 * @wdev: wireless device 8251 * @cookie: the requested cookie 8252 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 8253 * @gfp: allocation flags 8254 */ 8255 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8256 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 8257 8258 /** 8259 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 8260 * 8261 * @sinfo: the station information 8262 * @gfp: allocation flags 8263 */ 8264 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8265 8266 /** 8267 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 8268 * @sinfo: the station information 8269 * 8270 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 8271 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 8272 * the stack.) 8273 */ 8274 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 8275 { 8276 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 8277 } 8278 8279 /** 8280 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 8281 * 8282 * @dev: the netdev 8283 * @mac_addr: the station's address 8284 * @sinfo: the station information 8285 * @gfp: allocation flags 8286 */ 8287 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8288 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8289 8290 /** 8291 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 8292 * @dev: the netdev 8293 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 8294 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 8295 * @gfp: allocation flags 8296 */ 8297 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8298 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8299 8300 /** 8301 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 8302 * 8303 * @dev: the netdev 8304 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 8305 * @gfp: allocation flags 8306 */ 8307 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 8308 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 8309 { 8310 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 8311 } 8312 8313 /** 8314 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 8315 * 8316 * @dev: the netdev 8317 * @mac_addr: the station's address 8318 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 8319 * @gfp: allocation flags 8320 * 8321 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 8322 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 8323 * for some reasons, this function is called. 8324 * 8325 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 8326 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 8327 */ 8328 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8329 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 8330 gfp_t gfp); 8331 8332 /** 8333 * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info 8334 * 8335 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz 8336 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8337 * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of 8338 * an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid 8339 * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on 8340 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8341 * @len: length of the frame data 8342 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8343 * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds 8344 * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds 8345 */ 8346 struct cfg80211_rx_info { 8347 int freq; 8348 int sig_dbm; 8349 bool have_link_id; 8350 u8 link_id; 8351 const u8 *buf; 8352 size_t len; 8353 u32 flags; 8354 u64 rx_tstamp; 8355 u64 ack_tstamp; 8356 }; 8357 8358 /** 8359 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info 8360 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8361 * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info 8362 * 8363 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8364 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8365 * 8366 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8367 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8368 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8369 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8370 */ 8371 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8372 struct cfg80211_rx_info *info); 8373 8374 /** 8375 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 8376 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8377 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 8378 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8379 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8380 * @len: length of the frame data 8381 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8382 * 8383 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8384 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8385 * 8386 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8387 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8388 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8389 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8390 */ 8391 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8392 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8393 u32 flags) 8394 { 8395 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8396 .freq = freq, 8397 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8398 .buf = buf, 8399 .len = len, 8400 .flags = flags 8401 }; 8402 8403 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8404 } 8405 8406 /** 8407 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 8408 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8409 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 8410 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8411 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8412 * @len: length of the frame data 8413 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8414 * 8415 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8416 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8417 * 8418 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8419 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8420 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8421 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8422 */ 8423 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8424 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8425 u32 flags) 8426 { 8427 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8428 .freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 8429 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8430 .buf = buf, 8431 .len = len, 8432 .flags = flags 8433 }; 8434 8435 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8436 } 8437 8438 /** 8439 * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information 8440 * 8441 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8442 * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds 8443 * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds 8444 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8445 * @len: length of the frame data 8446 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8447 */ 8448 struct cfg80211_tx_status { 8449 u64 cookie; 8450 u64 tx_tstamp; 8451 u64 ack_tstamp; 8452 const u8 *buf; 8453 size_t len; 8454 bool ack; 8455 }; 8456 8457 /** 8458 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info 8459 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8460 * @status: TX status data 8461 * @gfp: context flags 8462 * 8463 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8464 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8465 * transmission attempt with extended info. 8466 */ 8467 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8468 struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp); 8469 8470 /** 8471 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 8472 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8473 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8474 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8475 * @len: length of the frame data 8476 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8477 * @gfp: context flags 8478 * 8479 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8480 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8481 * transmission attempt. 8482 */ 8483 static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8484 u64 cookie, const u8 *buf, 8485 size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp) 8486 { 8487 struct cfg80211_tx_status status = { 8488 .cookie = cookie, 8489 .buf = buf, 8490 .len = len, 8491 .ack = ack 8492 }; 8493 8494 cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp); 8495 } 8496 8497 /** 8498 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 8499 * port frames 8500 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8501 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 8502 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 8503 * @len: length of the frame data 8504 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8505 * @gfp: context flags 8506 * 8507 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 8508 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 8509 * the transmission attempt. 8510 */ 8511 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8512 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 8513 gfp_t gfp); 8514 8515 /** 8516 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 8517 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8518 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 8519 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 8520 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 8521 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 8522 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 8523 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 8524 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 8525 * 8526 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 8527 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 8528 * control port frames over nl80211. 8529 * 8530 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 8531 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 8532 * 8533 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 8534 */ 8535 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb, 8536 bool unencrypted, int link_id); 8537 8538 /** 8539 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 8540 * @dev: network device 8541 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 8542 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 8543 * @gfp: context flags 8544 * 8545 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 8546 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 8547 */ 8548 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8549 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 8550 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 8551 8552 /** 8553 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 8554 * @dev: network device 8555 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8556 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 8557 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 8558 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 8559 * @gfp: context flags 8560 */ 8561 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8562 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 8563 8564 /** 8565 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 8566 * @dev: network device 8567 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8568 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 8569 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 8570 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 8571 * @gfp: context flags 8572 * 8573 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 8574 * given interval is exceeded. 8575 */ 8576 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 8577 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 8578 8579 /** 8580 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 8581 * @dev: network device 8582 * @gfp: context flags 8583 * 8584 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 8585 */ 8586 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 8587 8588 /** 8589 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 8590 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8591 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8592 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain 8593 * @gfp: context flags 8594 * 8595 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 8596 */ 8597 void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8598 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8599 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); 8600 8601 static inline void 8602 cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8603 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8604 gfp_t gfp) 8605 { 8606 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); 8607 } 8608 8609 static inline void 8610 cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8611 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8612 gfp_t gfp) 8613 { 8614 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); 8615 } 8616 8617 /** 8618 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 8619 * @dev: network device 8620 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 8621 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 8622 * @gfp: context flags 8623 * 8624 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 8625 * frame. 8626 */ 8627 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 8628 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 8629 gfp_t gfp); 8630 8631 /** 8632 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 8633 * @netdev: network device 8634 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8635 * @event: type of event 8636 * @gfp: context flags 8637 * 8638 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 8639 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 8640 * also by full-MAC drivers. 8641 */ 8642 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8643 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8644 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 8645 8646 /** 8647 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event 8648 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8649 * 8650 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check 8651 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. 8652 */ 8653 void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8654 8655 /** 8656 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 8657 * @dev: network device 8658 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 8659 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 8660 * @gfp: allocation flags 8661 */ 8662 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8663 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 8664 8665 /** 8666 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 8667 * @dev: network device 8668 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 8669 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 8670 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 8671 * @gfp: allocation flags 8672 */ 8673 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 8674 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 8675 8676 /** 8677 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 8678 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8679 * @addr: the transmitter address 8680 * @gfp: context flags 8681 * 8682 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 8683 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 8684 * sender. 8685 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 8686 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 8687 */ 8688 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 8689 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 8690 8691 /** 8692 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 8693 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8694 * @addr: the transmitter address 8695 * @gfp: context flags 8696 * 8697 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 8698 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 8699 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 8700 * station to avoid event flooding. 8701 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 8702 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 8703 */ 8704 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 8705 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 8706 8707 /** 8708 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 8709 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 8710 * @addr: the address of the peer 8711 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 8712 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 8713 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 8714 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 8715 * @gfp: allocation flags 8716 */ 8717 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 8718 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 8719 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 8720 8721 /** 8722 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 8723 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 8724 * @frame: the frame 8725 * @len: length of the frame 8726 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 8727 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8728 * 8729 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 8730 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 8731 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 8732 */ 8733 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 8734 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 8735 8736 /** 8737 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 8738 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 8739 * @frame: the frame 8740 * @len: length of the frame 8741 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 8742 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8743 * 8744 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 8745 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 8746 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 8747 */ 8748 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8749 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 8750 int freq, int sig_dbm) 8751 { 8752 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 8753 sig_dbm); 8754 } 8755 8756 /** 8757 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 8758 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8759 * @chandef: the channel definition 8760 * @iftype: interface type 8761 * 8762 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 8763 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 8764 */ 8765 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8766 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8767 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 8768 8769 /** 8770 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 8771 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8772 * @chandef: the channel definition 8773 * @iftype: interface type 8774 * 8775 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 8776 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 8777 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 8778 * more permissive conditions. 8779 * 8780 * Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 8781 */ 8782 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8783 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8784 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 8785 8786 /* 8787 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 8788 * @dev: the device which switched channels 8789 * @chandef: the new channel definition 8790 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 8791 * 8792 * Caller must hold wiphy mutex, therefore must only be called from sleepable 8793 * driver context! 8794 */ 8795 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8796 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8797 unsigned int link_id); 8798 8799 /* 8800 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 8801 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 8802 * @chandef: the future channel definition 8803 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 8804 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 8805 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 8806 * 8807 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 8808 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 8809 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 8810 */ 8811 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8812 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8813 unsigned int link_id, u8 count, 8814 bool quiet); 8815 8816 /** 8817 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 8818 * 8819 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 8820 * @band: band pointer to fill 8821 * 8822 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 8823 */ 8824 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 8825 enum nl80211_band *band); 8826 8827 /** 8828 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef - convert operating class to chandef 8829 * 8830 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 8831 * @chan: the ieee80211_channel to convert 8832 * @chandef: a pointer to the resulting chandef 8833 * 8834 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 8835 */ 8836 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef(u8 operating_class, 8837 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 8838 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 8839 8840 /** 8841 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 8842 * 8843 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 8844 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 8845 * 8846 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 8847 */ 8848 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8849 u8 *op_class); 8850 8851 /** 8852 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 8853 * 8854 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 8855 * 8856 * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 8857 */ 8858 static inline u32 8859 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 8860 { 8861 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 8862 } 8863 8864 /* 8865 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 8866 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 8867 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 8868 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 8869 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 8870 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 8871 * @gfp: allocation flags 8872 * 8873 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 8874 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 8875 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 8876 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 8877 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 8878 */ 8879 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 8880 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 8881 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 8882 8883 /* 8884 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 8885 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 8886 * 8887 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 8888 */ 8889 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 8890 8891 /** 8892 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 8893 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 8894 * 8895 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 8896 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 8897 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 8898 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 8899 * is unbound from the driver. 8900 * 8901 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8902 */ 8903 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 8904 8905 /** 8906 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 8907 * @dev: the netdev to register 8908 * 8909 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 8910 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 8911 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 8912 * instead as well. 8913 * 8914 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8915 */ 8916 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 8917 8918 /** 8919 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 8920 * @dev: the netdev to register 8921 * 8922 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 8923 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 8924 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 8925 * usable instead as well. 8926 * 8927 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8928 */ 8929 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 8930 { 8931 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 8932 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 8933 #endif 8934 } 8935 8936 /** 8937 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 8938 * @ies: FT IEs 8939 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 8940 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 8941 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 8942 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 8943 */ 8944 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 8945 const u8 *ies; 8946 size_t ies_len; 8947 const u8 *target_ap; 8948 const u8 *ric_ies; 8949 size_t ric_ies_len; 8950 }; 8951 8952 /** 8953 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 8954 * @netdev: network device 8955 * @ft_event: IE information 8956 */ 8957 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8958 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 8959 8960 /** 8961 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 8962 * @ies: the input IE buffer 8963 * @len: the input length 8964 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 8965 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 8966 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 8967 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 8968 * 8969 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 8970 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 8971 * 8972 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 8973 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 8974 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 8975 */ 8976 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 8977 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 8978 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 8979 8980 /** 8981 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 8982 * @ies: the IE buffer 8983 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8984 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8985 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8986 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8987 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8988 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 8989 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 8990 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8991 * 8992 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8993 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8994 * split. 8995 * 8996 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8997 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8998 * 8999 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 9000 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 9001 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 9002 * 9003 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 9004 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 9005 * of the buffer should be used. 9006 */ 9007 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 9008 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 9009 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 9010 size_t offset); 9011 9012 /** 9013 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 9014 * @ies: the IE buffer 9015 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 9016 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 9017 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 9018 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 9019 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 9020 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 9021 * 9022 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 9023 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 9024 * split. 9025 * 9026 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 9027 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 9028 * 9029 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 9030 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 9031 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 9032 * 9033 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 9034 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 9035 * of the buffer should be used. 9036 */ 9037 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 9038 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 9039 { 9040 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 9041 } 9042 9043 /** 9044 * ieee80211_fragment_element - fragment the last element in skb 9045 * @skb: The skbuf that the element was added to 9046 * @len_pos: Pointer to length of the element to fragment 9047 * @frag_id: The element ID to use for fragments 9048 * 9049 * This function fragments all data after @len_pos, adding fragmentation 9050 * elements with the given ID as appropriate. The SKB will grow in size 9051 * accordingly. 9052 */ 9053 void ieee80211_fragment_element(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *len_pos, u8 frag_id); 9054 9055 /** 9056 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 9057 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 9058 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 9059 * @gfp: allocation flags 9060 * 9061 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 9062 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 9063 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 9064 * else caused the wakeup. 9065 */ 9066 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9067 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 9068 gfp_t gfp); 9069 9070 /** 9071 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 9072 * 9073 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 9074 * @gfp: allocation flags 9075 * 9076 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 9077 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 9078 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 9079 */ 9080 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 9081 9082 /** 9083 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 9084 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9085 * 9086 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 9087 */ 9088 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9089 9090 /** 9091 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 9092 * 9093 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9094 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 9095 * 9096 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 9097 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 9098 * the interface combinations. 9099 */ 9100 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9101 struct iface_combination_params *params); 9102 9103 /** 9104 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 9105 * 9106 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9107 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 9108 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 9109 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 9110 * 9111 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 9112 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 9113 * purposes. 9114 */ 9115 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9116 struct iface_combination_params *params, 9117 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 9118 void *data), 9119 void *data); 9120 9121 /* 9122 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 9123 * 9124 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9125 * @wdev: wireless device 9126 * @gfp: context flags 9127 * 9128 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 9129 * disconnected. 9130 * 9131 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 9132 */ 9133 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9134 gfp_t gfp); 9135 9136 /** 9137 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 9138 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 9139 * 9140 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 9141 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 9142 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 9143 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 9144 * 9145 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 9146 * the driver while the function is running. 9147 */ 9148 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9149 9150 /** 9151 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 9152 * 9153 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 9154 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 9155 * 9156 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 9157 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 9158 */ 9159 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9160 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 9161 { 9162 u8 *ft_byte; 9163 9164 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 9165 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 9166 } 9167 9168 /** 9169 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 9170 * 9171 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 9172 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 9173 * 9174 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 9175 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 9176 */ 9177 static inline bool 9178 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9179 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 9180 { 9181 u8 ft_byte; 9182 9183 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 9184 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 9185 } 9186 9187 /** 9188 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 9189 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 9190 * 9191 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 9192 */ 9193 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 9194 9195 /** 9196 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 9197 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 9198 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 9199 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 9200 * result. 9201 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 9202 * @inst_id: the local instance id 9203 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 9204 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 9205 * @info_len: the length of the &info 9206 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 9207 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 9208 */ 9209 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 9210 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 9211 u8 inst_id; 9212 u8 peer_inst_id; 9213 const u8 *addr; 9214 u8 info_len; 9215 const u8 *info; 9216 u64 cookie; 9217 }; 9218 9219 /** 9220 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 9221 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 9222 * @match: match notification parameters 9223 * @gfp: allocation flags 9224 * 9225 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 9226 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 9227 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 9228 */ 9229 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9230 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 9231 9232 /** 9233 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 9234 * 9235 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 9236 * @inst_id: the local instance id 9237 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 9238 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 9239 * @gfp: allocation flags 9240 * 9241 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 9242 */ 9243 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9244 u8 inst_id, 9245 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 9246 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 9247 9248 /* ethtool helper */ 9249 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 9250 9251 /** 9252 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 9253 * @netdev: network device 9254 * @params: External authentication parameters 9255 * @gfp: allocation flags 9256 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 9257 */ 9258 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 9259 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 9260 gfp_t gfp); 9261 9262 /** 9263 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 9264 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 9265 * @req: the original measurement request 9266 * @result: the result data 9267 * @gfp: allocation flags 9268 */ 9269 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9270 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 9271 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 9272 gfp_t gfp); 9273 9274 /** 9275 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 9276 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 9277 * @req: the original measurement request 9278 * @gfp: allocation flags 9279 * 9280 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 9281 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 9282 */ 9283 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9284 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 9285 gfp_t gfp); 9286 9287 /** 9288 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 9289 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9290 * @iftype: interface type 9291 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 9292 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 9293 * 9294 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 9295 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 9296 * check_swif is '1'. 9297 */ 9298 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 9299 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 9300 9301 9302 /** 9303 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was 9304 * temporarily rejected with a comeback 9305 * @netdev: network device 9306 * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the association 9307 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. 9308 * 9309 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 9310 */ 9311 void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, 9312 const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout); 9313 9314 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 9315 9316 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 9317 9318 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 9319 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9320 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9321 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9322 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9323 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9324 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9325 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9326 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9327 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9328 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9329 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9330 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9331 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9332 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9333 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9334 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9335 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9336 9337 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9338 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9339 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9340 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9341 9342 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9343 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 9344 9345 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9346 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9347 9348 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 9349 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 9350 #else 9351 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9352 ({ \ 9353 if (0) \ 9354 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 9355 0; \ 9356 }) 9357 #endif 9358 9359 /* 9360 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 9361 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 9362 * file/line information and a backtrace. 9363 */ 9364 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9365 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 9366 9367 /** 9368 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 9369 * @netdev: network device 9370 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 9371 * @gfp: allocation flags 9372 */ 9373 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 9374 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 9375 gfp_t gfp); 9376 9377 /** 9378 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 9379 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9380 */ 9381 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9382 9383 /** 9384 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event 9385 * @dev: network device 9386 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify 9387 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 9388 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 9389 */ 9390 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9391 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, 9392 u64 color_bitmap); 9393 9394 /** 9395 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision 9396 * @dev: network device 9397 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 9398 */ 9399 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9400 u64 color_bitmap) 9401 { 9402 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 9403 0, color_bitmap); 9404 } 9405 9406 /** 9407 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start 9408 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 9409 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 9410 * 9411 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. 9412 */ 9413 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9414 u8 count) 9415 { 9416 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 9417 count, 0); 9418 } 9419 9420 /** 9421 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort 9422 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 9423 * 9424 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. 9425 */ 9426 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev) 9427 { 9428 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 9429 0, 0); 9430 } 9431 9432 /** 9433 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion 9434 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched 9435 * 9436 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. 9437 */ 9438 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev) 9439 { 9440 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, 9441 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 9442 0, 0); 9443 } 9444 9445 /** 9446 * cfg80211_links_removed - Notify about removed STA MLD setup links. 9447 * @dev: network device. 9448 * @link_mask: BIT mask of removed STA MLD setup link IDs. 9449 * 9450 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace about removed STA MLD setup links due to 9451 * AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with Multi-Link 9452 * reconfiguration. Note that it's not valid to remove all links, in this 9453 * case disconnect instead. 9454 * Also note that the wdev mutex must be held. 9455 */ 9456 void cfg80211_links_removed(struct net_device *dev, u16 link_mask); 9457 9458 /** 9459 * cfg80211_schedule_channels_check - schedule regulatory check if needed 9460 * @wdev: the wireless device to check 9461 * 9462 * In case the device supports NO_IR or DFS relaxations, schedule regulatory 9463 * channels check, as previous concurrent operation conditions may not 9464 * hold anymore. 9465 */ 9466 void cfg80211_schedule_channels_check(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 9467 9468 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_DEBUGFS 9469 /** 9470 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_read - do a locked read in debugfs 9471 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 9472 * @file: the file being read 9473 * @buf: the buffer to fill and then read from 9474 * @bufsize: size of the buffer 9475 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy to 9476 * @count: read count 9477 * @ppos: read position 9478 * @handler: the read handler to call (under wiphy lock) 9479 * @data: additional data to pass to the read handler 9480 */ 9481 ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_read(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, 9482 char *buf, size_t bufsize, 9483 char __user *userbuf, size_t count, 9484 loff_t *ppos, 9485 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9486 struct file *file, 9487 char *buf, 9488 size_t bufsize, 9489 void *data), 9490 void *data); 9491 9492 /** 9493 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_write - do a locked write in debugfs 9494 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 9495 * @file: the file being written to 9496 * @buf: the buffer to copy the user data to 9497 * @bufsize: size of the buffer 9498 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy from 9499 * @count: read count 9500 * @handler: the write handler to call (under wiphy lock) 9501 * @data: additional data to pass to the write handler 9502 */ 9503 ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_write(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, 9504 char *buf, size_t bufsize, 9505 const char __user *userbuf, size_t count, 9506 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9507 struct file *file, 9508 char *buf, 9509 size_t count, 9510 void *data), 9511 void *data); 9512 #endif 9513 9514 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 9515